(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

<** 



v 



•i3 ' 




Undergraduate and Graduate 

2006-2007 Catalog 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley20062007leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Nontraditional Credit 13 

Grading System 15 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 20 

General Education 20 

Cooperative Programs 25 

Pre-professional Programs 26 

Individualized Major 27 

Internships 27 

Independent Study 28 

Tutorial Study , 28 

Special Topics Courses 28 

Study Abroad 29 

Undergraduate Departments 30 

Graduate Academic Programs 156 

Directory 174 

Board of Trustees 174 

Administration 178 

Faculty 185 

Support Staff 197 

Awards 199 

Accreditation 201 

Campus Map 202 

Index 204 

Phone Numbers 207 

2006-2007 Academic Calendar 208 



Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville 
Academy. Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year com- 
prised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor 
of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, Associate of Arts, 
Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Music Education, 
Master of Science Education, Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, art and art history, 
biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, business administration, chemistry, computer 
science, digital communications, economics, elementary education, English, French, 
German, health-care management, health science, historical communications, history, 
mathematics, medical technology, music, music business, music education, music record- 
ing technology, philosophy, physical therapy, physics, political science, psychobiology, psy- 
chology, religion, sociology, Spanish. 

Special programs: secondary education certification; in cooperation with The Pennsyl- 
vania State University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Pennsylvania, and 
Widener University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: forestry, environ- 
mental sciences; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individualized 
majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Philadelphia and Washington semester 
programs. 

Number of full time faculty: 100; of the permanent faculty, 85 percent have earned a 
Ph.D. or equivalent terminal degree. 

Student-faculty ratio (FTE): 13:1, with an average class size of 20. 

Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people 
located in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 
1/2 hour; Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, 
DC, 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 49 buildings. The library contains over 200,000 catalog items, and the 
College provides students with access to more than 200 personal computers. The sports 
center is nationally recognized for its water fitness program. 

Residence halls: 31 residence halls housing 1,175 students in male, female, coed, suite 
and apartment-style facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1,615 full-time undergraduate students, with 160 part-time under- 
graduates and 141 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 95 percent of full-time students receive financial 
aid in the form of LVC grants and academic scholarships. In 2005-2006, these awards 
totaled $15,969,331, with the average student being $10,370. 



2 Facts 2006-2007 Catalog 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from 
its historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable 
of making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end, we 
seek to provide an education that helps students acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes 
and values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities, we endeavor to acquaint our 
students with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their 
abilities to think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise 
analysis and effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation 
of differences among human beings. 

Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which 
caring and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty 
interacting closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm 
the interrelatedness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation 
of wisdom that is the capacity of judging rightly in matters of life and conduct, and a 
lifelong love of learning as the ultimate reward of the educational experience. 



The College motto is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free." 

(John 8:32) 




Lebanon Valley College 



College Mission 3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission for Full-time Students 

High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from 
an accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 
units, 4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 3 in mathematics, 2 in science, and 
1 in social studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed appli- 
cation with the application fee, and an official transcript of high school grades. Sub- 
mission of S.A.T. or A.C.T. results is optional. Students wishing to transfer to Lebanon 
Valley must submit official transcripts of completed postsecondary work and a College 
Record Form for each institution attended, in addition to a final high school transcript. 

Candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for 
admission to certain academic programs (elementary education, music, and physical 
therapy majors) are required to undergo additional steps. For further information, contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

101 North College Avenue 

Annville, PA 17003-1400 

Phone: 717-867-6181 or 1-866-LVC-4ADM 

FAX: 717-867-6026 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu 

E-mail: admission@lvc.edu 

Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board and other charges is due by a published deadline 
prior to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be 
required to make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course reg- 
istrations will be processed. Questions about charges and payments should be addressed 
to the Business Office. 

Refund Policy 

Students who withdraw, are dismissed, or take a leave of absence from the College 
during the billing period in which they are enrolled will receive a refund in accordance 
with federal policy. A copy of the federal refund policy is available in the Business Office. 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing 
Education Office. However, part-time students receiving federal financial assistance 
(Title IV) will receive a refund according to federal policy. A copy of the federal refund 
policy is on file in the Business Office. 



4 Undergraduate Information 2006-2007 Catalog 



Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring 
other options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. An agent has been 
appointed to process deferred payment applications: 

Higher Education Services 

P.O. Box 2653 
Harrisburg, PA 17105 
Phone: 1-800-422-0010 



Continuing Education 

Students may enroll part time for undergraduate study at Lebanon Valley College 
through the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Students are consid- 
ered part time if they are enrolled in 1-11 credit hours per semester. 

Continuing Education offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate, bac- 
calaureate and advanced professional certificates. Certificates are starter programs that 
approximate the beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal springboards from 
which to go on for an associate's or bachelor's degree. Advanced professional certificate 
programs are intended for persons who have already been awarded a bachelor's degree in 
one discipline and desire to study another discipline in some depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have 
received a bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another regionally accred- 
ited college or university. In such cases, students must only complete the major require- 
ments for the second degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Part-time students enrolled through Continuing Education may register for courses 
offered during the day, evening, Saturday and summer sessions on the main campus in 
Annville. To obtain copies of course schedules or to get detailed information on all aca- 
demic programs for part-time students, call 717-867-6213 or toll free at 1-877-877-0423 
or write the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education, Lebanon Valley 
College, Annville, PA 17003-1400. Information is also available through the LVC web- 
site: www.lvc.edu/ce. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education 
certificate or degree programs must submit a completed application form with the 
required application fee. An official high school transcript is required if students have 
fewer than 24 semester hours of transferable college credits. Students planning to trans- 
fer to Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of all completed college or univer- 
sity courses. Official transcripts relating to military or business courses also may be eval- 
uated for possible transfer credit. Although candidates may begin taking classes before 
they have been accepted, they must speak with an advisor before registering for courses. 
To arrange an admission interview with an advisor, call 717-867-6213 in Annville or toll 
free at 1-877-877-0423. Decisions on all part-time student applications usually are made 
within one month after the last required transcript is received. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 5 




6 Undergraduate Information 



2006-2007 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the nec- 
essary atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the College expects that the 
conduct of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The College has the 
right to require the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes 
of the institution. The following academic regulations are announcements and do not con- 
stitute a contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to 
change these regulations and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment 
of its purposes, but wherever possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the reg- 
ulations in effect at the time of his or her entrance at the College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for stu- 
dents completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, Art 
and Art History, criminal justice, economics, English, French, German, historical com- 
munications, history, music, music business, philosophy, political science, religion, soci- 
ology, Spanish and certain individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major pro- 
grams: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, busi- 
ness administration, chemistry, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative 
forestry, digital communications, elementary education, health-care management, health 
science, mathematics, music education, physics, psychobiology, psychology and certain 
individualized majors. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical 
Technology, and Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for stu- 
dents completing requirements for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

An Associate degree may be earned by students who have been admitted through the 
office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education and who have pursued the degree 
through part-time study. Students may earn an Associate of Science degree in account- 
ing, general studies and business administration or an Associate of Arts degree in 
general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, also known as the Buckley 
Amendment, helps protect the privacy of student records. The Act provides for the right 
to inspect and review educational records, to seek to amend those records, and to limit 
disclosure of information from the records. The Act applies to all institutions that are the 
recipients of federal funding. 

Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act of 1 974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to com- 
ply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right 
of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for 
the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 7 



Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to com- 
ply with the act. 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compli- 
ance with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following 
offices: Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services, and Office of the Dean of the 
Faculty. The policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices men- 
tioned also maintain a Directory of Records that lists all education records maintained on 
students by this institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred 
to the Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 

A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit des- 
ignation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A 
course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry 3 credit hours. 
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one half the regular rate. 

Application for Graduation 

As a student nears completion of the degree requirements, the student must file an 
application for the degree and a graduation plan with the Registrar's Office. Graduation 
application deadlines and the semester Course List and Registration Schedule are avail- 
able in that office. This application process provides the student with a timely opportuni- 
ty to review his or her degree requirements and to plan or change the student's course 
schedule to ensure completion of all requirements. 

The student must complete an Application for the Degree and a Graduation Plan, 
meet with his or her advisor, obtain all required signatures for graduation, including 
major and minor requirements, and deliver the forms to the Registrar's Office in the 
Humanities Building. 

Graduation Requirements 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 120 credit hours, 
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 20) and the 
requirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three 
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum shared by all students in 
all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. The major programs each 
require at least 24 credit hours of course work. Electives are those courses selected by the 
student that reflect neither major nor general education requirements. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education 
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical 
education requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a 
maximum of one physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of 
the following: one season of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one 
semester of military science. Continuing education students are exempt from the 
physical education requirement. 



8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2006-2007 Catalog 



Candidates for the bachelor's degree must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 
36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the College's pro- 
grams qualifies as work done in residence. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours includ- 
ing the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 18 credit hours 
toward the degree must be taken in residence. Coursework taken in all of the College's 
programs qualifies as work done in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00 
and a major grade point average of at least 2.00. 

Students who have 1 1 or fewer credits remaining to complete the degree may partici- 
pate in the graduation ceremony. 

Advising Program 

Each student has a faculty advisor whose role is to counsel about registration proce- 
dures, course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is strongly 
encouraged to obtain the advisor's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, 
election of pass/fail option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 

Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with his or her 
faculty advisor. Students already in attendance do this during registration periods. New 
students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 

To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester. 
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's 
advisor and permission of the registrar. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits, the 
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be a senior. 
Audited courses are counted in determining the course load, but music organizations are 
not. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour beyond 17 (not 
counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 

Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the 
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum 
of 28, 56 or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 

Satisfactory academic progress toward a degree as a full-time student is defined as 
completion of 24 or more credits per academic year while maintaining a cumulative grade 
point average of 1.6 (1-27 credits), 1.7 (28-55 credits), 1.8 (56-83 credits), 1.9 (84 or 
more). A 2.0 grade point average is required for completion of the baccalaureate degree. 
It is also necessary for full-time students to complete at least 24 credits per academic year 
in order to maintain eligibility for federal, state and institutional financial aid. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9 



Transfer Credit 

A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited 
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the stu- 
dent must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the 
other institution or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- (1.67) or better and the 
work is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus 
transferred count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 

A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited 
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended 
institution. However, course work in the major field for which the applicant has received 
a D shall not be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full 
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candi- 
date has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic 
programs of the College and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 cred- 
its will be accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A max- 
imum of 90 credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate degree 
within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or the 
nature of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant will 
normally be notified at the time of admission. 

Students transferring to Lebanon Valley College in order to complete work on a bac- 
calaureate degree will normally be expected to pass at least one 3 -hour course in their 
intended major for each semester they spend at the college. "Semester" shall normally be 
defined as 1 5 credit hours. Beyond this minimum requirement, departments may require 
additional courses if they so desire. 

Lebanon Valley College students enrolled for a degree may not carry courses concur- 
rently at any other institution without prior consent of their advisors and the registrar. 
Students who desire to study away from campus for summer study must obtain prior 
approval from their advisors and the registrar. 

Discontinuance of Courses 

The College reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 

Registration and Preregistration 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. 
Preference is given to upper-class students in the preregistration process to ensure registra- 
tion in courses required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the 
designated times shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after 
the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College, students indicate that they are open or that 
they have a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major 
during the second semester of their freshmen year and must make a formal declara- 
tion by the time they have completed 60 credit hours. 



10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2006-2007 Catalog 



Change of Registration 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, 
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the advi- 
sor. In most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has 
been in session for one full week. With the permission of the advisor, a student may with- 
draw from a course during the first 1 weeks of the semester. However, first-time, first- 
semester freshmen may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semes- 
ter classes with permission of the advisor. A fee is charged for every course added at the 
student's request after Add/Drop Day. 

Students who drop below full-time status (below 12 credits) during the publicized 
Add/Drop Period (the first full week of classes) will be re-billed as part-time students. 
Resident students who drop to part-time must have the permission of the dean of students. 
Other considerations regarding financial aid, academic progress, and health insurance 
must be made before dropping to part-time status. 

Students who drop courses after the publicized Add/Drop Period will not have their 
status changed to part-time. However, consideration must be given to academic progress 
and future eligibility for financial aid and scholarship monies. 

Auditing Courses 

Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic advisor. 
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours 
that may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, 
but the registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A 
change of registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished 
by the end of the tenth week of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours), a student may elect to take up 
to two courses per semester and one per summer session on a pass/fail basis; however, 
only six such courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elect- 
ed by students to be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general 
education program or other programs, the major(s), the minor(s) or secondary education 
certification. A student may select or cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the 
first 10 weeks of a semester. Passing with honors will be designated by the grade PH indi- 
cating that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. If a student does not pass the course, the 
student will receive an F on the transcript. See page 1 5 for grading systems. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, 
subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by 
the College, the course has to be retaken at Lebanon Valley College, and the semester 
credit hours are given only one time. The higher grade received each time taken is com- 
puted in the cumulative grade point average. Each semester grade report will show hours 
credit each time passed, but the total hours toward a degree will be equal only to the 
semester hours credit for the course. For a course previously passed P/F, the grade 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1 



received in the subsequent registration for regular grade is the "higher grade." Each grade 
received remains on the permanent record and a notation is made thereon that the course 
has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses 
concurrently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her advisor and the 
registrar. 

External Summer Courses 

A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses 
taken during the summer at another college unless such courses have prior approval of his 
or her advisor and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 

Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course, 
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester, the instructors shall 
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations 
shall make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 

In-Absentia 

The College treats students in domestic or foreign study programs as students-in- 
absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or academic year at another institution 
with the intent of returning to the College is considered a matriculated student. 
A student desiring in-absentia status should complete the form in the registrar's office and 
secure the approval of the advisor, the registrar and the director of study abroad and 
domestic programs. Students will receive information on registration and room sign-up 
after they notify the registrar of their address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances, students may request a 
voluntary leave from the College for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a 
leave should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of 
the associate dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students 
and retain their status for registration and room sign-up, if available. Students on leave 
will receive information on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The 
College reserves the right to require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time 
it is deemed reasonably necessary to protect the student, other students, members of the 
College community, or the interests of the College itself. Before a student returns from 
a medical leave of absence, a clearance interview with one of the counseling psycholo- 
gists, the dean of students, or the associate dean of the faculty — as well as additional 
documentation — may be required. 

Withdrawal from College and Readmission 

To withdraw from the College, a student must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official 

12 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2006-2007 Catalog 



withdrawal form obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a 
student requires written permission from the associate dean of the faculty. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another 
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the 
following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully 
at Lebanon Valley 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met 
satisfactorily. 

3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be 
used to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major. 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second 
degree program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and 
MED 441) may be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to 
meet any general education requirements of Lebanon Valley College. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such 
non-traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken pass/fail. 

Undergraduate Nontraditional Credit 

Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master 
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these stu- 
dents the opportunity to gain credit. Except for those seeking a second bachelor's degree, 
any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits toward a bachelor's degree 
or a maximum of 15 credits toward an associate's degree through nontraditional means 
(challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit for life experience). All non- 
traditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S) or unsatisfactory (U). An 
unsatisfactory grade on any nontraditional examination will not be recorded on the 
permanent record. 

Challenge Exam Policy 

Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students 
should request challenge examinations through their academic advisors. Part-time stu- 
dents and those students enrolled through continuing education should make application 
for challenge exams through the continuing education office. All requests must be 
approved by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course 
is listed. 

Challenge exams are considered comprehensive examinations in the subject area. The 
grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The exact 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 13 



nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chairperson of 
the department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally employed by 
the department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each challenge exam, and it 
is charged without regard to the test results. 

Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a 
course equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is request- 
ing credit by examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquir- 
ing credit for a course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research 
courses, independent study, writing- intensive courses, and courses with laboratory com- 
ponents are normally not subject to credit by examination. Individual departments may 
have additional criteria regarding challenge exams. Consult the chairperson of the depart- 
ment in which the course is listed for specific information. 

Advanced Placement Policy 

Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering stu- 
dents who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. 
The official Advanced Placement College Grade Report must be submitted by the stu- 
dent for evaluation by the registrar. 

Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement 
Tests of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be deter- 
mined appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 

Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are 
approved by the College. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile 
on the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic depart- 
ment for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with 
a minimum score of 64 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination. 

A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, 
only three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. 
Credit shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. 
Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student 
has completed 30 credits. 

Credit for Life Experience Policy 

Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit 
for knowledge acquired through nonacademic experience in subjects in the College cur- 
riculum. The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in 
the College curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive 
knowledge in the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such 
credit may petition the appropriate department through their academic advisors. Students 
enrolled in the continuing education program must petition through the continuing edu- 
cation office. This petition must: 

( 1 ) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent College course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 



14 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2006-2007 Catalog 



The appropriate department will consult with the academic advisor or the continuing 
education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for 
evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the 
signatures of the academic advisor, the appropriate department chair, and the 
associate dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled through 
the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the 
director of graduate studies and continuing education, the appropriate department chair, 
and the associate dean of the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed 6 credit hours in one academic year and cannot 
exceed a maximum of 12 credit hours in the degree program. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Credit for appropriate courses will be granted to entering students who achieve scores 
of 5, 6 or 7 on International Baccalaureate individual subject examinations. The official 
International Baccalaureate transcript must be presented by the student for evaluation by 
the registrar. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 

Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour 
in a course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B< 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade 
point averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality 
points by the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989, must meet 
graduation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All stu- 
dents and continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989, must meet gradu- 
ation requirements by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 
grade point average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he or she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work is 
incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the 
prior consent of the instructor) but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed with- 
in the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F Appeals for an 
extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next semester. W 
indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, except for 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 5 



first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. For physi- 
cal education, a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the 
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact 
the instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the 
course in question. 

Academic and Graduation Honors 

The Dean s List 

Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 
credit hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work, a stu- 
dent may qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are summa cum laude 
for grade point averages of 3.75-4.0, magna cum laude for grade point averages of 
3.60-3.74, and cum laude for grade point averages of 3.40-3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the 
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the 
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are 
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and at the time of gradua- 
tion; a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time 
members of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own 
choosing under the supervision of a faculty advisor. Opportunity also exists to do creative 
work. A maximum of 9 hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher are eligible for induc- 
tion into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of 
residence work. 

Academic Honesty 

Lebanon Valley College expects its students to uphold the principles of academic hon- 
esty. Violations of these principles will not be tolerated. Students shall neither hinder nor 
unfairly assist the efforts of other students to complete their work. All individual work that 
a student produces and submits as a course assignment must be the student's own. 

Cheating and plagiarism are acts of academic dishonesty. Cheating is an act that 
deceives or defrauds. It includes, but is not limited to, looking at another's exam or quiz, 
using unauthorized materials during an exam or quiz, colluding on assignments without 
the permission or knowledge of the instructor, and furnishing false information for the 
purpose of receiving special consideration, such as postponement of an exam, essay, quiz, 
or deadline of an oral presentation. 

Plagiarism is the act of submitting as one's own the work (the words, ideas, images, or 
compositions) of another person or persons without accurate attribution. Plagiarism can 
manifest itself in various ways: it can arise from sloppy, innaccurate note-taking; it can 
emerge as the incomplete or incompetent citation of resources; it can take the form of the 



16 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2006-2007 Catalog 



wholesale submission of another person's work as one's own, whether from an online, 
oral or printed source. The seriousness of an instance of plagiarism — its moral character 
as an act of academic dishonesty — normally depends upon the extent to which a student 
intends to deceive and mislead the reader as to the authorship of the work in question. 
Initially, the instructor will make this determination. 

Once academically dishonest work has been submitted, the instructor shall report the 
suspected incidence to the associate dean of the faculty. At the moment the work has been 
submitted, the student involved forfeits the right to withdraw from the course or to change 
his or her course status in any way. The College's expectations and the measures it will 
apply to support and enforce those expectations are outlined below. 

For the first offense of academic dishonesty, the faculty member has the option of 
implementing whatever grade-related penalty he or she deems appropriate, up to and 
including failure in the course. The associate dean of the faculty shall send the student a 
letter of warning, explaining the policy regarding further offenses and the appeal process. 

For the second formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the 
course is mandatory; the associate dean of the faculty shall so inform the faculty 
member(s) involved. Additionally, the associate dean of the faculty has the authority to 
take further action against the student, up to and including expulsion from the College. 

For the third formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the course 
and expulsion from the College are mandatory. 

The associate dean of the faculty has the authority to determine whether actions or rea- 
sonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute "offenses of academic dishonesty" 
as described above. 

Information related to offenses of academic dishonesty must be passed by the faculty 
member to the associate dean of the faculty who shall retain the information for as long 
as the student involved is enrolled at the College. Information and evidence concerning 
academic dishonesty are the properly of the College. Once the student has graduated 
from the College, the associate dean of the faculty will destroy these records. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty may be appealed by the student being 
accused. A written appeal must be presented to the associate dean of the faculty no later than 
the official date that mid-term grades are due the semester following the semester in which the 
action was taken against the student. The dean of the faculty will serve as final arbiter. 

Academic Probation and Suspension 

At the conclusion of each semester, the Dean's Advisory Council meets to review the 
academic performance of all undergraduate students. The members of the council are the 
vice president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, the vice president for enroll- 
ment and student services, the dean of student services, and the registrar. 

To maintain themselves in good academic standing at the College, students must 
achieve minimum cumulative grade point averages appropriate to progress toward their 
degree, and they must complete coursework at a regular and sustained pace. Minimum 
cumulative GPAs are as follows: 

Semester Hours Completed Required Cumulative GPA 

1-27 1.60 

28-55 1.70 

56-83 1.80 

84 or more 1 .90 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 7 



At the conclusion of each semester, the College examines students' academic records. 
Students who have not achieved the above minimum grade point averages will be given an 
Academic Warning, placed on Probation, or Academically Suspended from the College. 

Academic Warning. The first time students fall below the required cumulative GPA 
as listed above, they will be given Academic Warning. Academic Warning constitutes a 
formal notification that a student's academic performance is weak and that he or she 
needs to devote increased attention to academic work. Students receiving Academic 
Warning are cautioned that unless they achieve an acceptable cumulative grade point 
average, they will be placed on Probation and thereby lose the privilege of participating 
in extracurricular activities (including such activities as intercollegiate sports, student 
government, campus media, student clubs, and Greek and service organizations). 

Probation. Students who fall a second time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Probation. A 
student on Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities. 

Final Probation. Students who fall a third time below the required cumulative 
GPA (whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Final 
Probation. A student on Final Probation will not be permitted to take part in extra- 
curricular activities, and the student will be informed that unless the student restores 
himself or herself to good academic standing and maintains that status, the student 
will be suspended from the College. 

Academic Suspension. Students will be suspended academically from the College 
when (1) they fall a fourth time below the required cumulative GPA (whether in consec- 
utive or nonconsecutive semesters); (2) they fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 
0.75 at the conclusion of any semester; (3) they have not earned by the conclusion of the 
second and subsequent semesters of full-time enrollment a total of at least 6 credit hours 
of coursework for each semester completed. Students suspended will not be permitted to 
return for at least the full subsequent semester (fall or spring). To request reinstatement, 
students must submit a written petition to the associate dean of the faculty. A suspended 
student who returns to the College and who is suspended again for academic reasons will 
be regarded as permanently separated from the College. 

Upon reinstatement to the college, a student will have two semesters to bring up his 
or her cumulative GPA to the minimum required for good academic standing at the 
College. 

Veterans' Services 

Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment 
to the Financial Aid Office after they register for each semester or summer session. The 
financial aid office will then submit certification to the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete 
the appropriate forms before certification of enrollment will be sent from the financial 
aid office to the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two con- 
secutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans with 
questions about the College or their status with the College should contact the Financial 
Aid Office. 



1 8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2006-2007 Catalog 



Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges 

Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of 
Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing post- 
secondary education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon 
Valley College recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed 
itself to easing the transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency require- 
ments, and crediting learning from appropriate military training and experiences. 

Teacher Certification for Nonmatriculated Students 

Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: 
students with degrees from other colleges, teachers seeking certification in other fields, 
or Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students 
must present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to 
the registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic 
department shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A 
fee shall be charged for this service. 

All candidates must meet the criteria for Admission to Teacher Certification 
Candidacy as detailed under the Department of Education, page 67. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 9 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 

Through the General Education Program, the College most directly expresses its com- 
mitment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The pro- 
gram has four components: communications, liberal studies, cross-cultural studies, and 
disciplinary perspectives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly com- 
petent, skilled in communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant, and able 
to continue to learn in a rapidly changing world. 
Our academic program aims to educate students so that they: 

• acquire a broad base of knowledge across the liberal arts disciplines, including both 
content and method; 

• come to understand that facts are important primarily as evidence from which we 
infer meaning in the form of theories, arguments, and interpretations; 

• learn to draw upon and integrate different disciplines when considering particular 
problems or issues; 

• learn to think critically and independently, i.e., to understand, construct, and 
respond to arguments, and develop a questioning, open-minded attitude; 

• learn to communicate clearly and cogently, both in speech and in writing, in listen- 
ing and in reading; 

• acquire sensitivity and skill in interacting with different cultures and traditions, and 
come to understand and respect differences among human beings; 

• establish a foundation for their continuing education, including their intellectual, aes- 
thetic, and moral growth, their personal and vocational development, and their 
understanding of themselves as citizens at the local and global levels. 

The program consists of coursework in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in 
life. Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide 
opportunities to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career. 
English Communications. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the 
related skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing and bibliographic access 
through database searching. 

Requirement: ENG 1 1 1 or FYS 100; ENG 1 12. 

First-year students must fulfill the communications component of the General 
Education Program by enrolling in either First- Year Seminar (FYS 100) or English 
Communications I (ENG 111). The primary goal of each course is to help first-year stu- 
dents become college-level writers. Students will be assigned the same amount of writ- 
ing in both FYS 100 and ENG 1 1 1. An important difference between the two courses is 
that each FYS class is organized around a particular topic, and students will write in 
response to various aspects of that topic, whereas ENG 1 1 1 is not organized around a 
particular topic, so its students can expect to write essays about a variety of different top- 



20 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2006-2007 Catalog 



ics. Students in FYS should expect to do more reading than students in ENG 111. 
Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete 
three courses designated Writing Process, preferably one each during the sophomore, jun- 
ior and senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in these 
courses and will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the course grade. 

Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 201 , 223, 229, 450; ART 212, 312, 314, 326, 350, 353; BIO 304, 307, 
312, 322, 324; BUS 285, 485; CHM 230, 32 1, 322; DCOM 285; DSP 340; 
ECN 321, 332, 410; EDU 311, 450; ELM 371; ENG 213, 221, 222, 225, 
226, 310, 315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; 
GMN 410, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 208, 217, 226, 250, 310, 312, 315; 
MBS 371; MED 334; MSC 201; PHL 215, 230, 301, 321, 334, 336, 337, 
349; PHT 202; PHY 328; PSC 211, 312, 497, 498, 499; PSY 120, 245, 
443; REL 230, 3 10, 3 13, 322, 333, 337, 353; SOC 322, 324, 331, 382, 499; 
SPA 310, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460. 

Liberal Studies. 24-26 credit hours. 

At least one course in each area and two additional courses in different groups. 

Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component introduce fundamental concepts, methods and content in 
disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Eight courses, with at least one from each area, and no more than three in 
any group. 

Group I 
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of 
the principal developments in European and American history. 

Approved: AMS 1 11, 223, 225, 229; HIS 103, 104, 105, 125, 126,210,212,217. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social 
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships 
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theories 
and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to evalu- 
ate, integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. 

Approved: ECN 100, 101, 102; PSC 100, 110, 130, 160; SOC 110, 120, 160.210,230, 
261,280. 

Group II 
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, 
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the 
practice of science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and 
technology 

Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111/113, 112/114; CHM 100, 111/113, 112/114; ESS 
110, 120; PHY 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 1 1 1, 1 12, 120; PSY 120; SCI 100. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 21 



Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathemat- 
ical constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers 
and limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 

Approved: MAS 1 00, 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 1 50, 1 6 1 , 1 62, 1 70, 270. 

Group III 
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artis- 
tic expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and 
appreciate works of art, music and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic expe- 
rience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: AMS 201; ART 100, 105, 112, 207, 212, 219, 312, 314, 316, 318, 322, 324, 
326, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338; DCOM 495; ENG 120, 221, 222, 225, 226, 
227, 228, 229, 495; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 330, 410, 460; 
MSC 100, 101, 200, 201, 242; SPA 410, 420, 430, 440, 450 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical per- 
spectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments 
and value systems are grounded in particular worldviews. Students are encouraged to 
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for 
other value systems. 

Approved: AMS 140; PHL 110, 140, 160, 215, 230, 321, 334, 336, 338, 352; REL 
1 10, 160, 201, 202, 230, 251, 310, 338, 352. 

Cross-Cultural Studies. 12 credit hours. 

Two courses in a foreign language. 

One course in Foreign Studies. 

One course in Cultural Diversity Studies. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel 
and trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students under- 
stand, interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems dif- 
ferent from their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language, students see the world from a different 
linguistic and cultural perspective. These courses help students understand that all lan- 
guages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each language provides 
special access to a particular human society. 

Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1 . Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the 
intermediate level. FRN, GMN, SPA 201/202. 

2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, ITA, SPA 101/102. 

3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years). FRN, 
GMN, SPA 101/102. 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG 
department). 

International students who are fluent in a native language other than English are exempt 
from this requirement. 



22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2006-2007 Catalog 



Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the 
Middle East and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, 
religious, or economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare 
European societies with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long 
as these other considerations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially dif- 
ferent non- Western cultures. Students who participate in semester-long, study-abroad 
programs will be considered to have fulfilled the Foreign Studies requirement. 

Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: ART 334; HIS 273, 274, 275, 303, 304; MSC 202; PHL 252, 254; 
PSC 211, 212; REL 140, 252, 253, 254, 255, 260, 265; SPA 360, 460. 

Cultural Diversity Studies. Courses focus on the diversity of cultures in the United 
States and allow students to engage critically the issues — social, political, cultural, 
religious, and/or economic — that historically have divided and defined Americans. 
Students who participate in semester-long programs in Philadelphia or Washington, 
D.C., sponsored by the Study Abroad office will be considered to have fulfilled the 
Cultural Diversity Studies requirement. 

Approved: AMS 120, 240, 247, 260, 280, 330, 362; CDS 330; PSY 247; REL 120; 
SOC 240, 320, 326, 362. 

CDS 330. Diversity in the Workforce. An investigation of reasons why questions of diver- 
sity affect organizations including demographic changes, types of diversity, and relevant 
federal legislation. Considers differences in race, sex, gender, religion, sexual orientation, 
ethnic background, age, physical ability/disability and geography. 3 credits. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. 
This component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disci- 
plines to the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches 
from at least two disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, 
and challenge them to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing 
is required. 
Requirement: One course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311, 328; ART 350, 351, 353; DSP 310, 322, 324, 328, 340, 342, 
350, 352, 370, 390; PHL 337, 342, 349; PHT 412; REL 313, 332, 333, 335, 
337, 342, 353; . 

Interdisciplinary Courses (DSP): 

The faculty has approved the following multidisciplinary courses. All satisfy the 
General Education Program requirement for a disciplinary perspectives course. Junior or 
senior standing is required. 

DSP 310. AIDS. An examination of the origins and history of HIV/AJDS, including its 
economic, political, social, psychological and legal repercussions as well as the basics of 
virology, serology, epidemiology and diagnostic testing. 3 credits. 

DSP 322. The 20th-century World. An exploration of those forces that profoundly 
changed the institutions and structures of society in the 20th century including migrations 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 23 



within and across national borders, responses to environmental opportunities and threats, 
and uses and misuses of technology. Examines the rate, direction, and implication of soci- 
etal and cultural change at national and global levels. 3 credits. 

DSP 324. The American Presidency: Power and Character. An exploration of the relation- 
ship between a president s character and leadership using several administrations as case 
studies. Provides exposure to the historiographic literature on historical biography, presiden- 
tial memoirs, the use of primary sources and the interpretation of public opinion. 3 credits. 

DSP 328. Film and the American Identity. This team-taught interdisciplinary course will 
critically examine how films reflect, consider, and question the dominant image and 
understanding of the American identity. 3 credits. 

DSP 340. Myths and Their Meaning. Looks at the significance Greek and Roman myths 
hold for us today from the perspectives of literature, psychology, religion, sociology and 
anthropology. 3 credits. 

DSP 342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events 
and cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the 
extent of the impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. 
Through lectures, student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a 
one-day field trip to Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human 
lives will be investigated. 3 credits. 

DSP 350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students 
with the physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including 
alcohol, marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, 
LSD hallucinogens, barbiturates, and amphetamines. 3 credits. 

DSP 352. Marx and Marxism. Karl Marx is among the most influential thinkers in the 
modern world, and the ideology of Marxism has helped shape the cultural, religious, eco- 
nomic, and political history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This course will 
examine Marx and Marxism(s) from an interdisciplinary perspective, first by exploring the 
life and word of Marx, and Marxist parties and movements, and then by examining the 
effects Marx's thinking has had on global politics, economic theory, religion, and philoso- 
phy. By examining the historical and philosophical roots and continuing significance of 
Marx and Marxism, students will have an occasion to practice a multidisciplinary study of 
a historical figure and movement and become better informed about intellectual and polit- 
ical history and how those continue to shape the world around us. 3 credits. 

DSP 370. Paranormal Phenomena: A Critical Examination. By combining ideas from 
the social and natural sciences, as well as religion and philosophy, this course focuses on 
the importance of skepticism, scientific analysis, and valid logic when evaluating fringe- 
science topics such as ghosts, near-death experiences, psychics, astrology, UFOs and 
alien abductions, creationism, faith healing, alternative medicine, and other paranormal 
claims. 3 credits. 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the discipli- 
nary perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use 
of this opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course 



24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2006-2007 Catalog 



selection booklet that appears before registration each semester will describe individual 
courses in this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the director of general education to substitute another course 
in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the program. 

Cooperative Programs 

Engineering 

In the cooperative 3+2 Engineering Program, a student earns a B.S. degree from 
Lebanon Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from anoth- 
er institution. Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then usually 
do two additional years of work in engineering. Students may study engineering at any 
accredited engineering school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College has coopera- 
tive (contractual) agreements with The Pennsylvania State University and Case Western 
Reserve University in Cleveland. There are three tracks for 3+2 engineering. For most 
fields of engineering (e.g., civil, mechanical, electrical), the student completes the B.S. 
physics track. For chemical engineering, the student completes the B.S. chemistry track. 
For computer engineering, the student completes the B.S. computer science track. For 
more information, contact Professor Michael Day (director, 3+2 Engineering Program). 

Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the 
liberal arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for 
admission to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke 
University, School of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of 
the two-year (plus one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the 
Bachelor of Science degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program 
at Duke, the student will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or 
Master of Environmental Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may 
major in biology, economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. 

Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental stud- 
ies through the cooperative program (3+2) with Duke University may major in biology, 
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. All such students 
shall take BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 302; ECN 101,102; MAS 161 or 111; MAS 170, 
regardless of major, and shall meet the general requirements of the College. 

Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratoiy Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the College and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies 
to a hospital with a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he or she 
spends the fourth year in training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the 
academic record, recommendations and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing 
the clinical year, the student is awarded the Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 
by Lebanon Valley College. The College is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 25 



Shore Medical Center and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not lim- 
ited to these affiliations and may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology not includ- 
ing BIO 101, 102, 103, 400, 500; Immunology, BIO 323, is required by most programs; 
CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; PHY 103, 104; MAS 170(51 credits). The 
senior year is spent off campus at an accredited hospital school of medical technology. It 
is the student's responsibility to apply and become accepted into a hospital program. 
Thirty semester hours of credit are awarded for the successful completion of this year. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre-Law Program 

Lebanon Valley students have done very well at a variety of law schools. Over the 
years, LVC students who have excelled academically have attended Harvard, Chicago, 
Columbia, Stanford, Washington and Lee, and William and Mary. Our graduates have 
also studied at several of Pennsylvania's fine schools of law, including Penn State 
Dickinson, Temple, Villanova, and Widener. Lebanon Valley alumni have pursued legal 
careers with corporations, government, while a number have entered politics. 

Students should consult with the pre-law advisor well before commencing the law 
school application process. The pre-law advisor, Dr. Philip Benesch, will help you decide 
when to take the Law School Aptitude Test (LSAT) and which law schools may suit your 
interests and qualifications. The LSAT is required for acceptance at American Bar 
Association-approved law schools. The LSAT is given four times during the year, typical- 
ly in February, June, September, and December, and it may be taken at Lebanon Valley 
College. For many, it will be beneficial to take an LSAT preparation course. Two are avail- 
able within a short driving distance of LVC. In addition, we strongly recommend that 
before taking the LSAT, students complete PHL 1 20 basic Logic, a course required for 
the Law and Society minor. 

In addition to an applicant 's LSAT score, law schools will consider his or her GPA, 
transcript, letters of recommendation, and personal statement. No single major is identi- 
fied as an ideal preparation for law school; rather a broad liberal-arts curriculum is pre- 
ferred, with courses known for significant reading, writing, and thinking challenges being 
particularly valued. 

A law and society minor can be taken alongside any major at LVC. The 18 credit 
minor is composed of the following courses: 1) PHL 120, Basic Logic; 2) either PHL 
215, Social Philosophy, or PHL/PSC 220, Political Philosophy; 3) PSC 315, Law and 
Government; 4) PSC 316, Civil Liberties and Civil Rights; 5) PSC 400, Internship, and 
6) PSC 497, Seminar in Legal Foundations. Further information on the Law and Society 
minor can be found in the History and Political Science section of the College Catalog. 

In addition, it is recommended that Pre-Law students take the following courses to 
fulfill general education requirements or free electives: under Area 1, HIS 125, United 
States History to 1865, and HIS 126, United States History since 1865; under Area 2, 
ECN 101, Principles of Microeconomics, ECN 102, Principles of Macroeconomics, and 



26 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2006-2007 Catalog 



PSC 1 10, American National Government; under Area 6, PHL 160, Ethics. Other elec- 
tive courses of potential interest to Pre-law students include BUS 371/372, Business Law, 
and ACT 161/162, Financial and Managerial Accounting. 

Students interested in law school should contact the pre-law advisor as early as possi- 
ble in their studies at Lebanon Valley. Dr. Philip Benesch, the pre-law advisor and direc- 
tor of the Law & Society Program, can be reached by phone at 7 1 7-867-6132, a his office 
HUM 307D, or by email at benesch@lvc.edu. 

Pre-Medical, Pre-Dentistry, Pre- Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine, 
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields. 
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major 
in biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, chemistry or psychobiology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the stu- 
dent may participate in an internship program between the College and local physicians 
or veterinarians. Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable 
experience in the field. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to 
offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 

Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation s finest 
schools, including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, University of Virginia, 
Cornell University, The University of Pennsylvania, The University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson 
Medical School, Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania State 
University Medical School at Hershey, Temple University School of Pediatric Medicine, 
The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, The 
Pennsylvania College of Pediatric Medicine, and the Pennsylvania College of Optometry. 

Individualized Major 

The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration that is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty rep- 
resents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for 
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into 
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the College and its faculty are 
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application that includes 
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty advis- 
ers for the proposed major, which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level. 

The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the facul- 
ty for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisors. Any changes in the 
program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration) 
with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus 
those courses to meet the general requirements of the College. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 27 



Internships 

An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government or not-for-prof- 
it organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their class- 
room learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their lib- 
eral arts education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a 
student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive 
permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. 
The student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsor- 
ing the internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. 
Application forms for internships are available in the office of the registrar. The applica- 
tion form shall be completed by the student and approved by the student's academic advi- 
sor, faculty internship supervisor, on-site internship supervisor, and the department chair- 
person prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at 
the internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific cri- 
teria and procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, intern- 
ships have an academic component that may include readings, reports, journals, seminars 
and/or faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship dur- 
ing any one semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to 
meet graduation requirements. All internships have a course number of 400. 

Independent Study 

Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised read- 
ing, research or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independ- 
ent study should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to 
approximate an existing course or to cover projects more properly described as intern- 
ships. Junior or senior standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 or higher are required. 

For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 
45 clock hours of time in reading, research or report writing. The independent study 
involves a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who 
will oversee the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are 
available in the office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and 
approved by the student s faculty advisor, the contract instructor, and the department 
chairperson. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent study in any one 
semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent study may be used toward the 
graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

Tutorial Study 

Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal 
course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students 
desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to super- 
vise the study on a one-on-one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of 
time in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the 

28 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2006-2007 Catalog 



student and the faculty advisor. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, 
report writing, faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the 
same course number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 

From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following 
course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal 
courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. 
These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or of special 
interest. Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A spe- 
cific course title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record. 

Study Abroad 

Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students 
majoring in all subjects. All programs ensure a cultural immersion experience for stu- 
dents, with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also 
offering a language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in Argentina, 
Australia, England, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, New Zealand, the Netherlands, Spain 
and Sweden. 

Lebanon Valley College also offers off-campus academic internship programs in 
Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Students in any major field can gain work experience 
in a large U.S. city while earning academic credits for the semester. Further information 
on all off-campus programs may be obtained at the Study Abroad Office, HUM 206, ext. 
6076. See In- Absentia on page 12. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 29 



UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 
AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

The American studies program is designed to heighten critical awareness and appreci- 
ation of what is distinctive about American culture. As a self-consciously interdisciplinary 
program, American studies is the primary site at LVC for courses dealing in women's 
studies, ethnic studies, cultural studies, and media studies. Its curriculum regularly 
touches on issues of class, gender, ethnicity, and multiculturalism. As a result, most of the 
general education's required courses in cultural diversity studies are listed through the 
American studies program. The program is also developing courses that will critically 
explore the interrelationship of religion and politics in the United States, the impacts of 
consumerism on the American economy and culture, the distinction between 'pop culture' 
and 'high culture,' and the importance of the counter-cultural movement in American art, 
literature, and film. 

The American studies program draws on faculty from various disciplines and depart- 
ments from throughout the College, such as religion and philosophy, history and political 
science, anthropology, art, English, music, and biology. Each class is committed to 
engendering a culture of participation in which student input and engagement is absolutely 
essential to the success of the course. Also, the program is known for creating many of 
the most innovative and experimental courses on campus, such as the team-taught 
courses on violence and non-violence and on film and the American identity. 

The requirements for a major or minor in American studies are relatively light and 
extremely flexible. This allows many of the majors and minors to add a double-major, 
and also provides ample opportunity for studying abroad. An undergraduate degree in 
American studies can lead to a career in teaching, publishing, law, journalism, govern- 
ment, consulting and research, historic preservation, museums, archiving, tourism, or a 
number of other professions. Many of our graduates also go on to graduate school to earn 
a master's degree or doctorate in American studies or a related discipline. 

Degree requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American studies. 

Major Core: 33 credits 

Students must take at least six AMS courses, including AMS 1 1 1 and AMS 450, and at 

least one course at the 200 and 300 level. 

In addition this minimum of six AMS courses, students must take at least two (and no 
more than five) courses outside of the program on topics related to U.S. culture. These 
courses will be chosen in consultation with the advisor. 

Minor: 1 8 credits 

AMS 1 1 1 and AMS 450 are required, in addition to at least one course at the 200 level 

and one at the 300 level. 



30 American Studies 2006-2007 Catalog 



Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3 
credits. 3 credits. 

120. . Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expres- 
sion in America. Specific focus is given to elements of diversity in American religious 
life. [Cross-listed as Religion 120.] Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from 
colonial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James, and Dewey. 
[Cross-listed as Philosophy 140.] 3 credits. 

201. Music in the United States. A historical survey of American music emphasizing 
stylistic developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the 
present. Includes American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. [Cross-listed as 
Music 20 1 .] Writing Process. 3 credits. 

223. American Thought and Culture. A survey of American intellectual history and cul- 
tural criticism ranging from Puritanism and Enlightenment Rationalism to multicultural- 
ism, feminism, and post-modernism. 3 credits. 

225. Democracy in America. This course will explore both the historical origins and 
development of the cultural ideal of democracy in the United States. By focusing on the 
cultural ideal of democracy, it will seek to understand the impact and meaning of democ- 
racy in America beyond that of political institutions alone. It will include readings and 
discussions in history, literature, politics, and cultural anthropology. 3 credits. 

229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political, eco- 
nomic and cultural upheaval of the 1960s and 1970s in the historical context. 3 credits. 

240. Working Class Studies. This course incorporates a variety of approaches to working 
class studies: historical, sociological, cultural, and political. Students will learn about the 
origins of the modern working class in both 1 6th century Europe and the slave colonies 
of the Caribbean. They will also learn about the history and current practice of the labor 
movement; the different ways workers have organized politically in the past and present; 
the role of race, gender, national origin, and skill in organizing labor markets and 
workers' identities; the depiction of workers in the mass media, particularly film. The 
primary focus of the class will be on the US, but some comparisons to other countries 
will be made to help highlight what is specifically American about our class system. 
Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspective on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the 
examination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in biolog- 
ical, behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also involve a 
critical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in the 
broader society. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 or 130. Cultural Diversity Studies. 
[Cross-listed as Psychology 247.] 3 credits 



Lebanon Valley College American Studies 3 1 



260. African-American Studies. Students will learn about the African societies and cul- 
tures that shaped the skills and mores of enslaved Africans, the economic and politics of 
the Atlantic slave trade, the variety of slaveries in the Americas, the intersections between 
sharecropping and Jim Crow, between white supremacy and black exclusion from the 
18th to the 20th centuries. Students will gain an appreciation for the complexity of 
African-American thought and culture over the last century, and the often bewildering 
identities of contemporary black Americans shaped and fractured by political beliefs, 
class position, gender and national origins. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

280. Gender and Sexual Minorities in American Culture. This course explores the lives 
of those individuals living with a lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or queer identity 
(LGBTQ) and the relationship these individuals have with those around them. Explora- 
tion of the historical and contemporary implications of living with an LGBTQ identity, 
how these identities develop, the struggle for civil rights and legal protections, and how 
various factors such as the AIDS crisis, the media, religion, and others impact LGBTQ 
persons will also be explored. Cultural Diversity Studies. 3 credits. 

311. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology 
and their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. 
Prerequisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

328. Film and the American Identity. This team-taught, interdisciplinary course will crit- 
ically examine how films reflect, construct, and question the dominant image and under- 
standing of the American identity. Disciplinary perspective. 4 credits. 

330. American Ruling Class. This course offers students a chance to explore the origins, 
histories, institutions and current practices of the American aristocracy. Students will 
learn about how the very rich families that currently enjoy enormous hereditary wealth 
obtained and maintain their fortunes. Students will also investigate the histories and cur- 
rent policies of the institutions that protect and promote the wealthy such as corporations, 
the stock market, and government. 3 credits. 

340. One Nation Under God? This course will explore the relationship between religion 
and politics in the United States. It will include an examination of the role religion 
played in the founding vision of our nation's democracy, as well as the important sepa- 
ration between church and state that has been achieved over the course of our nation's 
history. With this historical backdrop in mind, special emphasis will then be given to the 
ascendancy of the religious right in recent electoral politics. [Cross-listed as Religion 
340.] 3 credits. 

362. Multiculturalism and American Identity. This class offers you a chance to familiar- 
ize yourself with the variety of ethnic, racial, gender, and sexual groups and identities in 
the US. You will gain or enhance your intellectual framework for understanding and 
appereciating diversity. It will also perpare you to survive and thrive in our complex and 
challenging world. The course relies on history, literature, and cultural studies and will be 
challenging but also fun. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience at a cultural agency. Ordinarily intended for juniors 
and seniors. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. 
Minimum 3 credits. 



32 American Studies 2006-2007 Catalog 



450. Senior Seminar. A capstone course organized around a major theme or issue in the 
American experience. Themes and issues vary from year to year as the seminar rotates 
among faculty in several academic departments. Students are able to integrate their 
educational experience and implement further the interdisciplinary methodology in a 
holistic approach to a topic or subject. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

John Hinshaw, associate professor of history. Director of the American studies program. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

Hindshaw teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, 
African history, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. 
He has written and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel indus- 
try and steel workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the United States. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Director of general education program. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

Grieve-Carlson teaches courses in American literature, American Studies, Greek 
myth, and grammar. He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has pub- 
lished on American cultural criticism and twentieth-century poetry. Serving as direc- 
tor of general education, he organizes the yearly colloquium and supervises the First- 
Year Seminars. 

Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music history, other topics courses, 

and form and analysis. 

Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art. 
M.F.A., University of Tennessee. 

Pittari 's abstract paintings incorporate color, line, and surface to address issues of balance 
and compatibility. He is a former editor of the journal Art Papers, with research interests 
in design, film and critical theory. He is represented by Marcia Wood Gallery in Atlanta 
and has exhibited throughout the United States. He teaches studio art and design in addi- 
tion to courses on film theory. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and American studies. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Robbins' area of specialization is in continental philosophy of religion. He is also interest- 
ed in the relationship between religion and politics. His teaching interests include contem- 
porary religious thought, world religions, film theory, and religion and culture. He is the 
author of two books, Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the Ontotheological 
Condition (2003), and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004), and editor of the 
forthcoming After the Death of God with John D. Caputo and Gianni Vattimo. 

Catherine Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Romagnolo teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, and various forms 

of writing. She has published on topics such as American literature and narrative theory 

and is working on a project on narrative beginnings. 

Lebanon Valley College American Studies 33 



Angel T. Tuninetti, associate professor of Spanish. Study abroad faculty advisor. 
Ph.D., Washington University. 

Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture, history and liter- 
ature. His special interests are South American travel literature of the colonial and 19th- 
century periods, and Pre-Columbian civilizations. He has published a book and articles 
in Argentina, Chile, and Colombia, and has presented papers at international conferences 
in the United States, Argentina, Mexico, and France. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

Williams teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of 
general biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with 
Lebanon Valley College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of 
the major contributions to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants 
during the past 20 years, including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap 
closure. He has over six years of experience automating laboratory instruments with 
microcomputers. He is regularly a faculty member at Cornell University during the 
summer session. 

Donald E. Byrne, professor emeritus of religion. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

Byrne's scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in 
the Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American stud- 
ies, religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies, and mysticism. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor of history and American studies. 
M.A., Millersville University. 

Benowitz teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. polit- 
ical history for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman 
and Kennedy- Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cul- 
tural, and diplomatic history for the period since 1945. He is completing a doctorate at 
Temple University. 

Eugene Raymond Kelly, assistant director of student activities and student development, 
adjunct instructor of American studies. 
M.S., West Chester University. 

Kelly Britt, adjunct instructor of American studies. 
M.Phil., Columbia Universitv. 



34 American Studies 2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF ART AND ART HISTORY 

In the art and art history program we challenge students to explore the creative process 
and to engage with art objects — whether in the art studio, the exhibition space, the print 
media or the commercial world — with energy, commitment, and critical insight. We seek to 
form citizens who validate the essential contribution of the visual arts to human society. 

The degree program in art and art history offers three concentrations: studio art, art 
history, and art education (K-12). Within these concentrations, students are offered a wide 
variety of courses that include digital media, film, and museum study. Central to the pro- 
gram is a direct engagement with works of art; thus, most courses include a field trip to 
a museum, gallery, or private collection. 

The department is located across the street from the Gladys M. Fencil Art Building, 
which houses studio space dedicated to sculpture, ceramics, painting, drawing, design, and 
printmaking. Students also have the use of a darkroom for photography. 

Graduates of the art and art history program can pursue a wide variety of creative 
endeavors, including commercial illustration and fashion design; magazine layout and 
editing; stage, exhibition, and/or website design; photographic research; and art gallery 
management. Students who successfully complete the art certification program are qual- 
ified to teach kindergarten through 12th grade. The art and art history program also pre- 
pares students for graduate school in art history, studio art, or art therapy, which can lead 
to a career in teaching and research, journalism, conservation, museum curatorship, 
painting, or social work. 

There are no prerequisites for entry into the art and art history program. A high 
advanced placement score may entitle a student to advanced studio or art history course 
placement. 

Art and Art History Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in art and art history; studio art, art history, or art 

education concentration. 

Major: Core requirements: ART 100, 105, 1 12, 209, 212. 

Studio Concentration: Requirements: ART 213, 215, 219. Five additional courses chosen 
from ART 2 11, 2 17, 22 1,223, 307, 309, 3 15, 3 19, 350, 35 1,353, 405, 5 11. One of the addi- 
tional courses can be an art history course (39 credits, including core requirements). 

Art History Concentration: Requirements: ART 312, 314, 316. Five additional courses 
chosen from ART 318, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 350, 351, 353, 
510 (39 credits, including core requirements). 

Art Education Concentration: Requirements: ART 211 or 307; 213, 219, 223; 312 or 314. 
Three additional courses from those offered to art and art history majors (39 credits, 
including core requirements). Certification candidates must also take ART 360; EDU 
110, 310; ELM/SED 280, 440; SED 430, 431; and PSY 180. 

Minor: ART 100, 105, 1 12, 209, 212, and one additional course from those offered to art 
and art history majors (18 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 35 



Courses in Art and Art History (ART): 

100. Concepts in the Visual Arts. This course explores fundamental issues in the produc- 
tion and interpretation of art. Representation and style, changing ideas of beauty, the artist 
in society, art and controversy, and the relationship of art to visual culture are studied as 
the basis for gaining a greater understanding of images. 3 credits. 

105. Fundamentals of Drawing. Using traditional methods in a variety of media, this 
essential studio course explores drawing as a way of seeing and recording visual infor- 
mation from the world around us. Principles of composition and explorations of person- 
al expression are also introduced. 3 credits. 

112. Art Survey: Ancient-Gothic. An introduction to art and architecture in its historical 
and cultural context from the ziggurats of Mesopotamia and the pyramids of dynastic 
Egypt to the temples of ancient Greece and Rome, the mosaics of Byzantium, and the 
illuminated manuscripts and soaring cathedrals of medieval Europe. Attention is paid to 
skills in critical description and visual analysis. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Art Therapy. This course explores the history of the art therapy pro- 
fession and the development of creative expression in young people up to the age of 
fourteen. Emphasis is placed on the use of different art media, approaches, and tech- 
niques. 3 credits. 

207 German Art. An exploration, on site, of German art and architecture across the cen- 
turies. Students enjoy the city of Cologne as classroom, with visits to galleries, museums, 
monuments, and workshops. Offered in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

209. Fundamentals of Sculpture. Through the use of time-honored materials — plaster, 
clay, and wood — this studio course investigates three-dimensional form as a basis for art 
and design. Modeling, carving, mold-making, metalworking, and assemblage are intro- 
duced as essential sculptural processes in a variety of projects. 3 credits. 

211. Photography. This course explores the technical and conceptual elements of fine- 
art, film-based photography. Students are introduced to the operation of the camera, 
processes of film development and black-and-white printing, compositional and aesthet- 
ic principles, and thematic explorations. Single lens reflex camera with manual mode 
required. 3 credits. 

212. Art Survey: Renaissance-Postmodern. From Giotto to Giacometti, Fragonard to 
Frank Lloyd Wright, an examination of the visual and material culture of the Western 
world from the fourteenth century to the present day. Special attention is paid to aesthet- 
ics, economics, gender, and nationalism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

213. Two-Dimensional Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles of 
composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. [Cross-listed as Digital 
Communications 255.] 3 credits. 

215. Intermediate Drawing. Students move beyond Fundamentals of Drawing to explore 
the expressive and thematic potential of a variety of media and subjects. Attention is paid 
to the history of drawing and to the development of individual concepts and profession- 
al studio practices. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

36 Art and Art History 2006-2007 Catalog 



217. Figure Drawing. This course calls on traditional methods of anatomical study for an 
intensive exploration of human form as a central component of drawing and expressive 
mark-making. Students consider historical and contemporary figurative art as a basis for the 
development of individual concepts. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

219. Fundamentals of Painting. Using art-historical examples, this course introduces the 
physical and visual properties of paint. Through a variety of projects, students explore the 
expressive potential of this medium and learn basic techniques of professional studio 
practice, such as constructing a painting support and working safely with paint. 
Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

221. Watercolor. This course introduces the unique physical and visual properties of 
watercolor paint. Individual pictorial development is emphasized through a variety of 
subjects, with a focus on historical and contemporary uses of the medium. Prerequisite: 
ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

223. Ceramics. Students explore a number of essential ceramic techniques, such as 
pinch-, coil-, and slab-construction, wheel-throwing, and a range of low-temperature sur- 
face treatments. The course focuses on fundamental principles of design, with reference 
to ceramic history and contemporary uses of the medium. 3 credits. 

307. Printmaking. In this studio course students explore a variety of techniques and 
approaches central to the history of printmaking, including relief printing, intaglio, collo- 
graphs, and monotypes. Students also learn how prints are handled and exhibited. 
Prerequisites: ART 215 or ART 217 or ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits. 

309. Pastel. This course introduces students to the visual and tactile properties of pastel 
and explores the expressive potential of the medium through a variety of techniques, from 
non-directional mark-making to edge-building. Attention is paid to the history of pastel 
and to basic rules of conservation and framing. Prerequisites: ART 105 or by permission. 
3 credits. 

312. Renaissance Art. Focusing on the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, 
this course offers a comprehensive survey of the major monuments, themes, and devel- 
opments of Renaissance art in Europe. Works by Giotto, Van Eyck, Brunelleschi, 
Botticelli, Diirer, Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian, among others, are examined. 
Particular attention is paid to the antique tradition in the arts, development of the profes- 
sional artist, church patronage, and the development of modern political and economic 
systems. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 1 12 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits. 

314. Art in 19th-century Europe. This course uncovers the roots of modernism by trac- 
ing patterns of change in the art of France, Spain, England, and the German states from 
the 1780s to the 1860s. Painting and sculpture are examined in the context of political 
unrest, urban and industrial expansion, colonialism, the lure of the Orient, new criticism, 
and the burgeoning art market. Artists include David, Goya, Friedrich, Constable, and 
Courbet. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 112 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits. 

375. Intermediate Sculpture. This course offers an intensive exploration of the making 
of sculpture, extending beyond fundamental processes to more advanced areas of themat- 
ic study Historical and contemporary viewpoints are examined. Prerequisites: ART 209 
or by permission. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 37 



3 16. Approaches to Art History. This course introduces students to major viewpoints and 
principal areas of art-historical research, including sociological and biographical meth- 
ods, connoisseurship, iconography, semiology, psychoanalytic perspectives, gender stud- 
ies, and deconstruction. The history of the discipline and some of the challenges that con- 
front it will be described and analyzed. Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits. 

318. Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. A survey of ancient Greek and Roman art 
and architecture, highlighting major stylistic phases, monuments, and objects of art from the 
Greek Archaic period to the fall of Rome. The cultural, philosophical, political, and eco- 
nomic contexts from which Greek and Roman art emerged, and classical revivals in post- 
medieval Europe and in America, are also explored. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 1 12. 
3 credits. 

319. Intermediate Painting. This course takes a thematic approach to painting, focusing 
on such areas of study as figuration and abstraction. Emphasis is on process, technique, 
and individual conceptual investigations within historical and contemporary models. 
Prerequisites: ART 2 1 9 or by permission. 3 credits. 

322. Italian Baroque Art and Architecture. This course surveys painting, sculpture, and 
architecture in a social, political, and cultural context in 1 7th- and 1 8th-century Italy. The 
work of the Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini, and Borromini will be examined. Students 
explore such issues as patronage by private citizens, nobles, and popes; art and religion; 
the classical tradition; and art and architectural theory. Prerequisites: ART 112 or ART 
212. 3 credits. 

324. Northern European Art, 17th and 18th Centuries. An introduction to the art of the 

Low Countries and France, including the work of Rubens, Rembrandt, and Vermeer; the 
French Caravaggisti, Poussin, Claude, Watteau and Boucher. Particular attention is paid to 
questions of stylistic, geographical, and political difference and to the social circumstances 
in which works were produced, viewed and sold. Prerequisites: ART 1 12 or ART 212. 
3 credits. 

326. Impressionism and Post-Impressionism. An examination of the origins, making and 
meaning of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist paintings in the context of momentous 
social and economic change in 19th-century France. Artists include Manet, Degas, 
Monet, Cezanne, Gauguin and Van Gogh. Particular attention is paid to artist training; the 
exhibition, sale, and collecting of art; and new choices of subject matter. Prerequisites: 
ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

328. Modern Art An overview of modern and postmodern art from the 1 890s to the pres- 
ent, including important stylistic movements such as Cubism, Dada and Surrealism, 
Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, and a number of postmodern approaches since 1960. 
The focus will be on the ideas, works, and critical reception of specific artists, widened 
to include issues of race and gender and related developments in politics and literature. 
Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits. 

330. American Art. An introduction to American art from 1650 to the present day. The 
course offers a critical grounding in selected themes, with an emphasis on cultural histo- 
ry and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography, and sculpture. 
3 credits. 



38 Art and Art History 2006-2007 Catalog 



332. British Art This survey of British art from 1 700 to the present unfolds by way of 
major themes and art movements, including portraiture and patronage in the 18th centu- 
ry, classicism and the Grand Tour, Ruskin and the Pre-Raphaelites, late Victorian art and 
design, and "shocking! art in Britain now." Students encounter the work of artists for 
whom issues of class, empire, school, and country have rarely gone unheeded. The role 
of the British Royal Academy and the heritage of the English country house will also be 
examined. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

334. East Asian Art An introductory survey of the art and architecture of China and 
Japan from the Neolithic age to the 20th century, examined in a social, cultural and polit- 
ical context. Among the topics covered: Jomon pottery in Japan; Buddhist caves in China; 
imperial palaces in Chang'an and Beijing; Japanese castles; landscape, figure, scroll, and 
screen painting; and Eastern gardens. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

336. East West: Art and Cultural Interchange from Hellenism to the Modern Era. 

An examination of the impact of Eastern culture, aesthetics, and formal design on 
Western art and architecture, from the Hellenistic Greek embrace of Persian and Indian 
motifs to the intersection of nonwestern ideas and the oeuvre of Picasso. The impact of 
Western motifs on Japanese art in the 1 9th century is also explored. Attention is given to 
Western historical conceptions of "otherness" and to the limitations of Western critical 
approaches to art history. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

338. Rome. This course investigates the art, culture, and architecture of Rome from the 
pre-Republican era to the 20th century. Organized thematically and chronologically, the 
course considers such topics as: images of authority (Republican & Empire); subter- 
ranean Rome: the catacombs; the path of the medieval pilgrim; antiquity and its reinter- 
pretations in the Renaissance; the papacy and urban planning in Counter-Reformation 
Rome; the Grand Tour; and Mussolini and fascist architecture. Prerequisites: ART 1 12 or 
ART 212. 3 credits. 

340. Museum Studies. This course examines the history, principles, and practices of art 
museums. Students investigate issues related to the development, care, and use of 
museum collections; the function, management, and operation of museums of art; 
museum education; curatorial methods and exhibition development; and research and 
catalogue writing. Participants plan, organize, and mount a temporary exhibition at the 
Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery. Prerequisites: ART 1 12 and ART 212. 3 credits. 

350. Paris: Art, Culture and Urban Development An exploration of the art, architecture, 
culture, and urban planning of Paris from Roman settlement to modern capital city. 
Students assess the ways in which the demands of patrons, the vision of urban adminis- 
trators, and the increasing power of the middle class tempered the aims of artists in the 
city over the centuries. "Visits" include Notre Dame, the Louvre palace, Montmartre, and 
even the Paris sewers, with excursions to Versailles and other royal chateaux. Writing 
process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

351. Color: Art, Perception and Cultural Context This course immerses students in a 
thematic investigation of color as a dynamic force in human perception, the natural world, 
and popular contemporary culture. Perceptual experiments, readings, and film screenings 
help to uncover the vital role color plays in our understanding of the world around us. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 39 



353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visu- 
al arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist, and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious 
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 
3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 353.] 

360. Teaching Art in the Elementary and Secondary School. Using skills in drawing, 
painting, sculpture, printmaking and ceramics, certification candidates learn how to 
address all ability levels in the elementary- and secondary-school art classroom. The 
course addresses the needs of students with disabilities, as well as classroom management 
and organization, approaches to school administration, budgeting, lesson planning, grad- 
ing, special events, and ways to establish assignment deadlines. Prerequisites: open only 
to Art Education Certification candidates. 3 credits. 

405. Advanced Studio: Directed Study. This course is designed for students intending to 
pursue a graduate degree in studio art or independent work as a professional artist. The 
emphasis is on the creation and exhibition of a unique body of work, facilitated by indi- 
vidual tutorials and group discussions. Prerequisites: by permission. 3 credits 

Faculty 

Barbara Anderman, assistant professor of art history. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey. 

Anderman 's research and publications have focused on French genre painting and art the- 
ory in the Baroque and early modern period. She has served as a consulting editor to 
The Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. She teaches courses in 18th- and 19th- 
century art and architecture, methodology, and the art and culture of Paris. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 

M.F.A., University of Kansas. 

Pastel on paper is his primary medium. His work is in many public collections, including 
The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Philadelphia Museum of Art, Smithsonian American 
Art Museum, and Art Institute of Chicago. He is represented by Forum, with galleries in 
New York City and Los Angeles. He teaches advanced studio courses and Greek and 
Roman Art and Architecture. 

Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art. 

M.EA., The University of Tennessee. 

Pittari 's abstract paintings incorporate color, line, and surface to address issues of 

balance and compatibility. He is a former editor of the journal Art Papers, with research 

interests in design, film and critical theory. He has exhibited his work throughout the 

United States. He teaches studio art and design in addition to courses on color and 

film theory. 



40 Art and Art History 2006-2007 Catalog 



Scott Schweigert, director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and assistant professor 
of art history. 

M.A., The George Washington University. 

Schweigert is a specialist in Renaissance and Southern Baroque art, whose research inter- 
ests include issues of art patronage in Baroque Rome and architecture of the 15th to 18th 
century. He has worked at several museums and a commercial old-master gallery in 
Washington, D.C. He teaches courses in Museum Studies, Renaissance and Baroque art, 
and the art and culture of Rome. 

Grant Taylor, assistant professor of art. 
Ph.D., The University of Western Australia. 

Taylor's interdisciplinary research centers on the symbiotic relationship between art, sci- 
ence, and technology in the late twentieth century. His work has been published in the 
journal Consciousness, Literature and the Arts. In his native Australia, he has directed a 
documentary and exhibited his films and digital art. He teaches courses in modern art, 
design theory, and digital film production. 

Karen Beall, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., The University of Tennessee. 

Beall is a nationally recognized sculptor, whose work was recently featured in Sculpture 

magazine. Her work is on permanent display at the Hartsfield Atlanta International 

Airport as a part of the airport's public art collection. She teaches Fundamentals of 

Sculpture. 

Dennis Maust, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology. 

Maust teaches ceramics. He has been a consultant for the development of functional 
design objects in Peru, El Salvador, and Tanzania. His work has been exhibited through- 
out the eastern and midwestern United States. 

Sally McKeever, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University. M.Ed. University of Maryland. 

McKeever has twenty-five years experience teaching art in the public schools, K-12. She 

developed and implemented an award-winning humanities program, integrating art into 

the high-school senior social studies curriculum. She has worked for five years as an art 

therapist in a private psychiatric hospital. She teaches Introduction to Art Therapy and 

Teaching Art in the Elementary and Secondary School, 

Marie Riegle-Kinch, adjunct assistant professor of art. 

M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Riegle teaches Drawing and Visual Art and Religious Experience. A writer as well as a 

professional artist, she has received an award for her fiction for children. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 4 1 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 

The Biology Department attempts to share with all LVC students the role of living 
organisms within the universe. We encourage the students to understand how these organ- 
isms interact with each other and their environments and are the result of the complex 
interplay of ordinary chemicals, arranged according to the fundamental laws of physics 
and assembled in mathematically predictable ways. 

The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well versed in 
the principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel 
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their 
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain honest 
academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum ( 1 ) employs the underlying principles of biology 
and requires a background in the supporting disciplines; (2) requires the application of 
the scientific method in the laboratory or field; (3) integrates informational retrieval, the 
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings; 
and (4) prepares students for advanced study in medical, dental and veterinary profes- 
sional schools, graduate schools, and employment in technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 1 14, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of phys- 
iology, cellular and subcellular biology, botany, morphology and population biology (33 
credits). CHM 111, 112, 1 13, 1 14, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 104 or 111, 
1 12; MAS 161 or 1 1 1 (60-62 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 111, 112, 113, 1 14; plus four additional courses in biology at 200 or above 
except BIO 400 and 500. (24 total credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology 
must take BIO 3 1 2, 360 and 2 1 credits in education courses including EDU 1 1 and SED 
430,431 and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111, 112, 113 and 114 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology 

unless otherwise noted. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging 
from basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early developmental stages 
are also covered. Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both 
chromosomal and gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and 
application of genetics to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The lab- 
oratory is intended to give the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, 



42 Biology 2006-2007 Catalog 



performing experiments and working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in 
the laboratory include studying prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating 
genes in bacteria, isolating DNA and learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes and 
current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are eval- 
uated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, ozone 
depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of wetlands, 
energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises are 
designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed 
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histol- 
ogy, and evolution. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 113.3 credits. 

112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, cov- 
ers concepts in physiology, botany, embryology, and ecology. Must be taken concurrent- 
ly with Biology 1 14. 3 credits. 

113. General Biology I Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, car- 
bohydrate analysis, isolation and identification of plant pigments, microscopy, and histo- 
logical techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 111.1 credit. 

114. General Biology II Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include shark anatomy, inver- 
tebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angiosperms, Stomate 
response to environmental changes, animal taxonomy, and an ecological field study. Must 
be taken concurrently with Biology 1 12. 1 credit. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and 
molecular genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both clas- 
sical and molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, 
genetic crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one 
year of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Animal Behavior. A study of the basic concepts of invertebrate and vertebrate behav- 
ior with emphasis on the development, genetics, physiology and evolution of behavior. 
Laboratory exercises include ethogram construction, avian foraging, aggressive display 
analysis and estrous cycle regulation. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 or permission. 4 credits. 

221. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. 
Intensive laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative ver- 
tebrates. 4 credits. 

222. Human Physiology. The design of this course is intended to impart an understand- 
ing of the basic concepts of human physiology with emphasis on neuromuscular, cardio- 
vascular, and endocrine physiology. Laboratory exercises place emphasis on effective 
experimental designs and data analysis in the study of physiological mechanisms. Lab 
exercises cover such topics as muscle contraction measurements, spirometry, and EKG 
analysis. 4 credits. Does not fulfill a biology major requirement. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 43 



302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and 
the relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with 
the structure and reproduction of algae and plants and with the identification and polli- 
nation of flowering plants in the local flora. 4 credits. 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of ani- 
mal development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory 
includes the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and meta- 
morphosis. Writing process. 4 credits. 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy 
of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and organelles, 
cell motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in rela- 
tion to function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using select- 
ed histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic tech- 
niques. 4 credits. 

306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology and biochemistry of represen- 
tative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques and 
procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular 
plants. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

312. Ecology I. An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive labora- 
tory work and field experiences in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems. Writing 
process. 4 credits. 

322. Vertebrate Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with 
emphasis on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the 
interactions of the various organs in maintaining total body function. One semester of 
chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological and 
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discus- 
sion of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity and antibody-mediated immune 
responses. The course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics 
which are discussed with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include 
autoimmunity, histocompatibility, immunogenetics and acquired immune deficiencies. 
Prerequisites: CHM 111, 1 13 or equivalent or permission. 4 credits. 

324. Invertebrate Physiology. A study of many of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating 
on the physiological mechanisms controlling movement, metabolism, information, and 
control and reproduction. Writing process. 4 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include 
assisting in the preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; 
and preparation, administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: per- 
mission of the instructor. 1 credit. 



44 Biology 2006-2007 Catalog 



404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students 
will learn the proper use, application and limitations of the appropriate instruments. 
Prerequisite: BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative 
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of 
the instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This 
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program 

The Biology Department offers a biochemistry and molecular biology program in con- 
junction with the Chemistry Department, described on page 58. The major in biochemistry 
and molecular biology is an interdisciplinary program that provides an opportunity for inter- 
ested students to engage in a comprehensive study of the chemical basis of biological 
processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced study in medical, dental and other 
professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety of subjects including biochemistry, 
clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, genetics, microbiology, and physiolo- 
gy and for research positions in industrial, academic and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology. 

Major: BIO 111,112, 113, 114, 201; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; 
BCMB 401, 421, 422, 430, 499; MAS 161; PHY 103, 104 or 111, 112(51 credits); nine 
credits from BIO 304, 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311. 

Courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BCMB): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in 
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineer- 
ing) and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chem- 
istry and BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421, 422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids and carbohy- 
drates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular weight 
determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, 
membrane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, 
electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 312 
or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, 
carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 45 



Psychobiology Program 

The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and 
Psychology, described on pages 42 and 136. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the 
physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of 
psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study 
in medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, 
physiological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics and neuroscience, as 
well as research positions in industry, universities, hospitals and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 212, 322 or 324 (16 credits); PSY 1 1 1, 120, 130, 285, 378, 
379 (18 credits); BIO 499 or PBI 499; CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14 (8 credits); MAS 161; plus 
8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with advisor. 54 total credits. 

Courses in Psychobiology? (PBI): 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behav- 
ior processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. 
Prerequisite: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130 or permission; completion of a biology course is 
recommended. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Psychology 378.] 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Kristen L. Boeshore, assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. 

She teaches developmental biology and general biology. Her research interests focus on 

development and regeneration of the nervous system. 

Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, AIDS, and 

participates in general biology. His research interests are in temperature regulation and 

thermal tolerance. He is also director of the Daniel Fox Youth Scholars Institute. 

Stacy A. Goodman, associate professor of biology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches general biology, animal behavior, coordinates the general biology laborato- 
ries, and supervises the senior seminar. Her research interests include the functioning of 
carbonic anhydrase isozymes and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis. 

Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is 

the academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research 

interests include Paramecium genetics. 



46 Biology 2006-2007 Catalog 



Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelation- 
ships and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her 
research is on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A 
past president of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the 
interactions of plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a contin- 
uing interest in plants that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology, and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contribu- 
tions to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 
years, including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six 
years of experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is reg- 
ularly a faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and ecology His 
research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with particular emphasis on salt- 
marshes of the eastern United States. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of 
marine biology in the Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F.Wolfe, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches cell and tissue biology, invertebrate physiology, electron microscopy, and gen- 
eral biology, and directs independent study in cell biology using electron microscopic and 
histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine shrimp, Artemia, to study 
the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, reproductive and neurosensory 
systems. He is also chairman of the Health Professions Committee. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She served on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology 

and general biology laboratory. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 47 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

The Department of Business and Economics offers programs leading to the Bachelor 
of Science degree in accounting, business administration, and health-care management, 
and the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. A major in music business is also offered 
jointly with the Music Department. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core 
required of all Lebanon Valley College students. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is 
essential for assuming leadership positions in the changing environment. 

Accounting and business administration students complete a common body of knowl- 
edge in close conformity with the national standards for the study of business as recom- 
mended by The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). 
This comprehensive background in business fundamentals helps graduates become pre- 
pared for business careers and graduate school. 

Economics students study the choices we must make in a world of resources that have 
competing uses. The major in economics includes preparation in accounting, mathemat- 
ics, political science and economics. Economics majors are typically preparing for grad- 
uate study or for a variety of entry-level positions in business and government. 

Many major courses also cover selected liberal arts core requirements. Students are 
encouraged to use their 30-36 free electives to enrich and enhance their overall college 
resume. Students often add breadth or even double major within the Department, com- 
plete a complementary major or minor, complete for-credit internships, study abroad, or 
study in Philadelphia or Washington, DC. Students working closely with their academic 
advisor can take full advantage of these opportunities and still graduate on time. 

Students have several study abroad options with classes conducted in English. This 
includes programs at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands; London 
Metropolitan University; Monash University in Australia; and Waikato University in New 
Zealand. Students seeking to develop their foreign language skills beyond the introduc- 
tory level have a number of programs to choose from. Most programs are bi-lingual, mix- 
ing classes in the native language with classes taught in English. The Philadelphia and 
Washington, DC programs combine academic study and pre-professional internships. 

The department is a member of the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and 
Programs (ACBSP) and the Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business 
Administration (MAACBA). 

Accounting Program 

The program in accounting offers the Bachelor of Science degree in accounting. 
Majors receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. 
or C.M.A. The accounting curriculum prepares students for careers in public accounting, 
government, industry or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate and advanced account- 
ing topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; MAS 1 1 1, 150 or 
161; 170, 270 or 372; BUS 160, 185, 285; 340 or 350; 361, 371, 383,485; ACT 251, 252, 
353; two electives in accounting (54 credits). 



48 Business and Economics 2006-2007 Catalog 



Minor: ACT 161, 162, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives (21 credits). 

Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for busi- 
ness transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of 
owners' equity. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost- volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

251. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally 
accepted accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of 
these principles to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue 
recognition as well as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. Study of the accounting for noncurrent assets, long- 
term liabilities and stockholder's equity, including analysis of financial statements. 
Prerequisite: ACT 251 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. This course is a continuation of ACT 252 with the 
study of the measurement and reporting of income taxes, pensions, leases, accounting 
changes, disclosure issues, the cash flow statement, and the effects of errors. The course 
also addresses international accounting standards as they compare to U.S. GAAP and 
international reporting issues for U.S. companies. Case study component. Strongly recom- 
mended for students planning to take the CPA exam. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combi- 
nations and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and not-for-profit organi- 
zations. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; 
the accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard 
cost systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based 
costing and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's career 
interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to juniors and 
seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, permission of the 
chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 credits. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to indi- 
viduals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to corpo- 
rations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 451. 
3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 49 



455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation 
of financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on finan- 
cial reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

Business Administration Program 

This popular program offers the Bachelor of Science degree in business administra- 
tion. This major is designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle- 
management positions in industry, government and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge 
recommended by The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP) 
and provides a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors complete a gen- 
eral business curriculum that prepares them for a variety of positions. Students desiring 
more in-depth study in a specific area of business may select a focus area composed of 
optional courses. Such focus areas include human resource/labor relations, international 
relations, marketing and public relations, and organizational psychology. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business administration. 

Major: ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 111, 150 or 161; 170, 270 or 372; BUS 160, 
185, 285, 340, 350, 361, 371, 376, 383, 460, 485 (51 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101; ACT 161; BUS 185, 340, 350, 371; one 300/400 business elective 
(21 credits). 

Courses in Business (BUS): 

160. Computer Applications. An introduction to PC software applications and their use in 
business. Through hands-on classroom instruction students learn software applications that 
are commonly used in business including word processing, presentation, spreadsheet, data- 
base, and Internet applications. The class teaches basic principles of using business software 
to solve problems, enhance critical thinking skills, and facilitate creativity. 3 credits. 

185. Business Management. An examination of the functional areas of business admin- 
istration with an emphasis on management. The course focuses on understanding the 
composition of business organizations with respect to management, structure, leadership, 
and interpersonal relationships. Prerequisite: freshman or sophomore standing only or 
permission. 3 credits. 

215. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical 
care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effec- 
tive manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physi- 
cian, the hospital and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government 
and the insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

285. Organizational Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening 
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12. Writing process. 3 credits. 

340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspec- 
tive. Topics include marketing strategies, marketing research, consumer behavior, select- 
ing target markets, developing, pricing, distributing and promoting products and servic- 
es and non-profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 



50 Business and Economics 2006-2007 Catalog 



350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organization- 
al behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models 
in the workplace to improve individual, group and organizational performance. 
Prerequisite: junior standing and BUS 185, or permission. 3 credits. 

354. Advertising and Consumer Behavior. A study of the interrelationships between 
advertising and consumer behavior. Topics include the multimediation model of con- 
sumer behavior, the contributions of the social sciences to the understanding of consumer 
behavior, the development and effective use of advertising strategies, and the creation of 
advertising campaigns. Class projects will be a major component of the course. 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

361. Principles of Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset, 
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and work- 
ing capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short 
and intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other 
financial topics. Prerequisite: ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types and the development of portfolios for individuals 
and institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The 
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank- 
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency, 
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation, 
estates and bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a com- 
munication process and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is placed 
upon the development, implementation and evaluation of the sales presentation; and upon 
the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling and eval- 
uating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. Prerequisite: 
BUS 340. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and proce- 
dures in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 185, 340. 
3 credits. 

380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in pre- 
senting the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185. 3 credits. 

383. Management Science. An introduction to the techniques and models used in man- 
agement science. Topics include forecasting, inventory control models, linear program- 
ming, product scheduling, and simulation. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and MAS 170 with a 
minimum grade of C- or better, BUS 185, ACT 161, 162. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 5 1 



400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's career 
interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to juniors and 
seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, permission of the 
chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 credits. 

420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating and disciplining human 
resources. It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-man- 
agement relations. Prerequisite: BUS 185. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of informa- 
tion in management planning, operations and control in various types of business envi- 
ronments. Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, 
materials and technology. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185 or permission. 3 credits. 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under 
conditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting and eco- 
nomics. Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 185, 340, 361 
and senior standing or permission. Writing process. Prerequisite: Last semester seniors 
only. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes 
of America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance sys- 
tems, financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical servic- 
es, and marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, account- 
ing and economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate man- 
agement style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 

The major in economics deals with decisions and choices made by individuals and firms 
and with the micro and macroeconomic consequences of those choices. Economists have a 
wide variety of employment opportunities in government and the private sector. The major 
includes courses in accounting, mathematics, political science and economics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: ACT 161; ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in 
economics; MAS 1 1 1, 150, or 161; 170, 270 or 372; PSC 1 10 (39 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional course in economics (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues 
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like cor- 
porations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues covered 
remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race and gen- 
der in microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation, and growth at 
the macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 and/or 102 
may not receive credit for ECN 100.) 



52 Business and Economics 2006-2007 Catalog 



101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms 
make choices within the institution of free -market capitalism. Individuals decide how 
much of their time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. 
Firms decide how much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their 
goods. Together these choices determine what is produced, how it is produced, and for 
whom it is produced in our economic system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and pro- 
ducer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals 
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemploy- 
ment, and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and 
how they predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables 
and reach national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer 
and firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods 
and services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for 
social welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market sys- 
tem are emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model of 
the macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The 
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the 
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, infla- 
tion and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeconomic 
implications of free trade, and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macroeco- 
nomics. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course concerns itself with how individuals and 
groups make decisions in the context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the 
government. It goes beyond individual choice and private markets to group interests and 
activities. It emphasizes the ethical and political nature of all economic choices. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The 
course considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and mone- 
tary policy making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

315. Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic the- 
ory to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension between 
efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal point. Topics 
such as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical problems of qual- 
ity versus quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions are examined. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 53 



316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it 
attaches to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays 
in decisions affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its applica- 
tion in the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of 
the Federal Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financ- 
ing and the division of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of interna- 
tional economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the 
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modern theory of trade with 
imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of trade 
(World Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary Fund) are 
covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's career 
interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to juniors and 
seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, permission of the 
chairperson, completion of departments application form. 1-12 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each stu- 
dent will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical comput- 
er program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique arti- 
cles from refereed economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 
102, 201, 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Health Care Management Program 

The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who 
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifica- 
tions are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the lib- 
eral arts and management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 215, 285, 340, 
350, 371, 420, 487; ECN 101, 102; ENG 111; MAS 170, 270 or 372; PHL 160; SOC 324; 
12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or other disciplines approved by the director of con- 
tinuing education (at least 6 credits in courses at the 200 level or higher). (60-63 total). 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed success- 
fully an accredited diploma or associate degree program with certification by a state gov- 
ernmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following 



54 Business and Economics 2006-2007 Catalog 



fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency 
Medical Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, 
Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, 
Registered Nurse, Respiratory Therapist, Clinical Perfusionist, Surgical Technician. 

Faculty 

John D. Grigsby, assistant professor of business administration. 

J.D., Duquesne University. 

A CPA and CFP, Grigsby has more than twenty-five years of professional experience in 

public accounting, corporate accounting, government accounting, and the practice of law. 

He has been teaching at the collegiate level since 1985. He will teach courses in business 

law, ethics, and accounting. His research interests are in the areas of tax policy, financial 

statement fraud and accounting ethics, and small business taxation. 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration and director of the Digital 

Communications program. 

M.J.P.R.A., Temple University. 

Kline co-owns a marketing and technology firm and his chief interests are in new media 

and business technology. He directs the interdisciplinary Digital Communications Program 

and is accredited in public relations (APR) by the Public Relations Society of America. 

Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. 
M.B.A., The Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 20 years, working with over 300 organi- 
zations. He has received numerous state and federal grants for his work with nonprofit 
organizations and has owned his own nonprofit training corporation since 1986. He has 
completed all doctoral coursework at The Ohio State University in organizational 
behavior and social psychology. 

Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration. 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for the Lebanon Daily News. His 
research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effective- 
ness of an organization, and leadership. He serves on the executive board of the 
Association of Pennsylvania University Business and Economics Faculty, is a member of 
the editorial staff of the Pennsylvania Journal of Business and Economics, and is a judge 
for the International Society of Poets. 

R. Anthony Maynard, assistant professor of economics. 
Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Maynard 's interests include international economics, developmental, environmental and 
natural resource economics, international finance, and international trade. He has pub- 
lished in the Journal of Economic Issues, and he also serves as a referee for Ecological 
Economics and History of Economic Review. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 55 



Neil Perry, assistant professor of economics. 
M.C., University of Melbourne. 

Perry's research interests include environmental economics with specialization in the eco- 
nomics of biodiversity conservation, game theory, mathematical economics, and environ- 
mental taxation. He has published in the Journal of Economic Perspectives and serves as 
a referee for Ecological Economics and History of Economic Review. 

Barney T. Raffield HI, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield has been named a Fulbright Scholar to Ukraine at the State Academy of 

Management in Donetsk. He teaches marketing and international business and is also a 

faculty member for the M.B.A. program and consults with area businesses. 

David V. Rudd, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., George Washington University. 

Rudd's research interests are in the application of marketing principles, especially direct 

marketing, to the problems of social service delivery. He teaches marketing courses. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. 
M.B.A. , Boston University. 

A CPA, Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer sys- 
tems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting. 

Edward J. Sullivan, associate professor of business administration. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Sullivan has published articles in business and economic journals and specializes in mon- 
etary, macro and financial economics. He teaches courses in principles of finance, man- 
agement science, money and banking, and economics. 

James G. Voulopos, assistant professor of accounting. 

M.B.A., Indiana University. 

A CPA, Voulopos has more than twenty five years of experience in public accounting, 

corporate accounting, and private practice in accounting. He teaches courses in financial 

accounting, managerial accounting, and taxation. 

Douglas C. Gautsch, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Gautsch works in logistical/transportation business development. He teaches courses 

in business and management. 

Joseph S. Anderson, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Anderson has extensive experience in health care fields and marketing. He teaches health 

care management, health care finance, and marketing courses. 

Michael P. Boyer, adjunct instructor in accounting. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Boyer works in the private sector as a chief financial officer. He teaches accounting 

courses, specifically cost accounting and auditing. 



56 Business and Economics 2006-2007 Catalog 



Karen M. Dielmann, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

Dielmann has extensive experience in human resource areas. She teaches human resource 

management and diversity in the workforce courses. 

John A. Guerrisi, adjunct instructor in accounting. 

M.B.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Guerrisi has extensive experience in accounting and finance related functions. He teaches 

various accounting courses. 

Thomas J. Murray, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Murray brings to the classroom extensive experience in project management and strate- 
gic planning. He teaches courses in computer applications, principles of business, inter- 
national business, and strategic management. 

Mary A. Winnerling, adjunct instructor in health-care management. 

M.M., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Winnerling has extensive experience in the health-care field as a project coordinator and 

nurse manager. She teaches health care management, organization communications, and 

business management. 

Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in business administration. 
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of client serv- 
ices. He teaches courses in management information systems and computer applications. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 57 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 

Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding need- 
ed for protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, 
improving our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chem- 
istry is essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter aca- 
demic, industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmen- 
tal analysis, quality control, or research and development. Possibilities outside the labo- 
ratory include teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business and law. Many 
chemistry students continue their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochem- 
istry or in professional schools in the areas of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science 
Center. Major scientific equipment available to students includes a superconducting nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared 
spectrometer, high-performance liquid chromatographic systems, diode-array UV-visible 
spectrophotometers, a Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, 
and an atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Computing facilities available to students in 
the department include 12 computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory. 

The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of lab- 
oratory research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and 
the summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from 
grants that professors receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry and one for those interest- 
ed in biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the 
two degrees in chemistry and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This 
degree has a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to 
become practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the stan- 
dard Bachelor of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the 
major program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 45. 

The chemistry department participates in the 3+2 Engineering Program and directs the 
chemical engineering track. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 25. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry. 

Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216,222,230, 
305, 306, 307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322, 411; BCMB 421; three credits from CHM 
4 14^98 or 590 or BCMB 422; four credits of CHM 5 10; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 
112 (63-64 credits). 

(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114,213,214,215,216,222,305,306, 
307, 308, 311,312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). 

Minor: CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12 credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 311, 
312,41 1 or BCMB 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or 
BCMB 430. 



58 Chemistry 2006-2007 Catalog 




Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry 
must take BIO 111, 112; BCMB 421; CHM 360 and 21 credits of education courses, 
including EDU 1 10 and SED 430, 43 1 and 440. 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, 
bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience 
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 100. 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics 
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques 
for finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken 
concurrently with CHM 111.1 credit. 

777, 772. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science 
major. First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, 
calculations involving chemical concentrations, gas laws and bonding. Second semester 
covers kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermody- 
namics, electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school 
chemistry or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 1 1 1 and 1 12. 
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electro- 
chemistry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are 
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV- visible, and atomic absorption spec- 
trometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 111 for CHM 1 13 and CHM 1 12 for CHM 
1 14. 1 credit per semester. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Chemistry 59 



213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chem- 
istry. The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the 
structure of various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivi- 
ty, structure and mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 1 12. 3 
credits per semester. 

215, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modern instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthe- 
sis are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic res- 
onance, and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 1 14 and CHM 213 for 
CHM 215 and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. 

222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the 
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions, 
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry, and the structures of solids. 
Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits. 

230. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory. Students will be exposed to a number of 
advanced synthetic methods including inert atmosphere manipulations, high vacuum and 
temperature dehydrations, mixed solvent crystallizations, and photochemical transforma- 
tions. Writing process. Corequisite: CHM 222. 1 credit. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Topics for this course include statistical methods; activity and 
activity coefficients; chemical equilibria involving complex systems; volumetric analyses 
including acid/base, precipitation, redox, and compleximetric titrations; principles of electro- 
chemistry, potentiometry, electrogravimetry, coulometry, and voltammetry. Prerequisites: 
CHM 1 12 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applica- 
tions in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography; 
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotom- 
etry; nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods. 
Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Volumetric, spectrophotometric, and electro- 
chemical methods are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: 
CHM 305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analyti- 
cal method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite; CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311, 312. Physical Chemistry I, //The study of chemical systems from a molecular per- 
spective. Basic concepts of quantum chemistry applied to atomic and molecular structure. 
Thermodynamic laws and functions applied to mechanical, thermal, and material equi- 
librium in gases, liquids, and solids. Also included are electrochemical systems, as well 
as kinetic and transport processes occurring in gases, in solutions, and at solid surfaces. 
Prerequisites: CHM 112, MAS 161, and PHY 104 or 1 12 for CHM 31 1 and CHM 31 1 
for CHM 312. 3 credits per semester. 



60 Chemistry 2006-2007 Catalog 



321, 322. Physical Laboratory I, II. Application of instrumentation to the study of the 
principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves spectroscopy (FTIR, 
UWIS, Raman and NMR), calorimetry, refractometry, conductivity, and viscometry 
applied to atomic and molecular structure, phase and reaction equilibrium and kinetics. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 311 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322. 
Writing process. 1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evalua- 
tion of laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. 
Prerequisites: CHM 112, 114. 3 credits. 

411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure, 
spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com- 
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

414. Advanced Organic Chemistry. A study of advanced topics in the field of organic 
chemistry. The course covers mechanistic and synthetic chemistry with an emphasis on cur- 
rent and classical organic chemical literature. Prerequisites: CHM 213 and 214. 3 credits 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design and 
data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, opti- 
mization, signal processing, and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and 
chemical instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a facul- 
ty member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in 
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or 
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh com- 
puters to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-process- 
ing, graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular modeling, 
and the Internet. 3 credits. 

Course in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applica- 
ble to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of 
biology, chemistry and physics. The course is open to all students and is appropriate for 
those intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

Faculty 

Marc A. Harris, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno. 

Research interests include the synthesis of macrocyclic azacrown and crown ether bipyri- 

dine analogues and their coordination complexes with Pt(II), Pd(II), and Rh(I). These 

complexes are investigated for their host-guest interactions with both small alkali metal 

cations and organic substrates. 



Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 6 1 



Anderson L. Marsh, assistant professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Physical Chemistry. Research interests are in the area of nanoscience. Model catalysts 
ranging from nanoparticles to ultrathin films are being prepared, characterized, and inves- 
tigated in reaction studies. Nanoscale semiconductor quantum dots are also being synthe- 
sized and characterized. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 
Analytical Chemistry/Biochemistry. Research interests in biochemistry involve elucida- 
tion of enzyme active site topography and function using enzyme kinetics, protein mod- 
ification, and mass spectrometry. Research projects in analytical chemistry include stud- 
ies of the solvent dependence of oxidation-reduction reactions of organic molecules and 
the applications of MALDI mass spectrometry to the study of proteins. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral study, National Institutes of Health. 
Research interests include the elucidation of structure-function relationships in proteins. 
Most recently his work focuses on the features of E. coli GMP synthetase that facilitate 
ammonia transfer from a domain where it is synthesized to the domain in which it is uti- 
lized. His work integrates chemical, biochemical, and molecular biological methods (e.g. 
polymerase chain reaction) to make designer proteins at the DNA level. Once expressed 
in bacteria, these proteins are purified in order to study their function. 

Timothy J. Peelen, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; postdoctoral study, University of Wisconsin-Madison. 
Research interests focus on the development of asymmetric reactions catalyzed by simple 
organic molecules (organocatalysts). The reaction mechanisms of organocatalyzed reac- 
tions are studied by using kinetics and by structural analysis of reaction intermediates. 

H.Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award 
in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 
1978. Neidig 's pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experi- 
ments for introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, lecturer in chemistry. 
B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elemen- 
tary school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school. 



62 Chemistry 2006-2007 Catalog 




CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Citizenship 
Education in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: 
the Citizenship Education core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the 
following disciplines: history, political science or economics. Graduation requirements 
for any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There 
is no major in citizenship education. NOTE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has 
also reinstated a social studies certification. The College anticipates that it will reinstate 
this ceertification program. Dr. James H. Broussard is the coordinator of the Citizenship 
Education Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Citizenship Education core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 103, 105, 125, 126, 202; PSC 
110, 130, 210, an upper division course in American government (PSC 330 State and 
Local Politics recommended); and either HIS 360 or PSC 360. (36 credits). 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 1 10, SED 280, 430, 431, 440. 22-24 credits. 
Students must conform to state guidelines that require two math courses and an English 
or American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. Students 
must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits (including the 
math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must maintain that aver- 
age in order to proceed to student teaching and certification. 

Major courses: history, political science, or economics. (39^-0 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College 



Citizenship Education 63 



DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM 

The Digital Communications Program explores the fundamental elements of commu- 
nication, business, design, and technology. The program fosters critical reasoning and 
learning so graduates have the ability to evolve as quickly as current technology. 

The program is interdisciplinary and combines classes from the art, business, English, 
and computer science departments into one degree. After graduating with a B.S. in digi- 
tal communications, the student is prepared to enter a wide range of technology-related 
positions in marketing, public relations, information technology, journalism, graphic 
design, Internet development, multimedia, and programming. 

The creation of content, both written and visual, remains at the heart of this subject. 
Students will study art, writing and marketing in the context of content creation for the 
New Media. Students will learn the theory behind the design of effective presentations 
and will employ existing multimedia technologies to create them. The techniques with 
which content is created, processed and delivered are found in the study of programming 
and computer science. Students in the program will choose a discipline related to the pro- 
gram and complete advanced coursework to form a cognate in that area. Students will 
also investigate and carefully consider the social, ethical, and legal ramifications of the 
information technology revolution. 

The program, designed to be interdisciplinary and integrative, emphasizes critical 
thinking, creativity and analysis, rather than specific applications and technologies. The 
General Education Program at the College, together with the courses in the students' cog- 
nate areas, will expose the students to the fundamental questions of how information is 
created, processed, understood, and communicated in those disciplines. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in Digital Communications. 

Major Core: CSC 122, 245; DCOM 130, 230, 330, 430, 440; DCOM 255, 355; DCOM 
265, 365; DCOM 285, 385. 

In addition to the core, each major must select a cognate area from art, business, English, 
or computer science and take three additional courses from the cognate department. 
(48 credits.) 

Courses in Digital Communications (DCOM): 

130. Introduction to Digital Communications. A broad survey of the curriculum mak- 
ing up the Digital Communications major. This includes the authoring of content (text, 
visual, aural); designing presentations for that content; understanding the processes, com- 
ponents; and distribution of information technology; introducing the legal and ethical 
environments, and comprehending the integrative nature of design, business, communi- 
cation and technology in society's culture. 3 credits. 

210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase 
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills and present the creative possibilities 
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. [Cross-listed as Art 210.] 3 credits. 

230. Information Law and Ethics. This course will examine the legal and ethical issues 
arising from the information age. Topics such as copyright, patent, privacy, security, libel, 
liability, and government regulation will be explored. 3 credits. 



64 Digital Communications 2006-2007 Catalog 




255. Two-Dimensional Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles of 
composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as Art 213.] 

265. Business of Information I. An exploration of the important technologies related to 
doing business on the Internet. Topics will include e-commerce, advertising, customer 
support, and business-to-business applications. Emphasis on how businesses implement 
these technologies, resource requirements, cost-to-benefit analysis. 3 credits. 

285. Writing for Digital Media I. This course will provide students with the skills, theo- 
ries of design, and experience to design viable digital media projects that meet specific 
goals and target specific audiences. Prerequisite: DCOM 210, or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered fall semester. Writing process. 3 credits. 

355. Design II. The course will focus on blending the creative and technical aspects of 
developing electronic images. Students will apply traditional art methods and techniques 
to the electronic canvas. Additionally, the course will serve to provide a historical perspec- 
tive of electronic imaging and examine the limitations and possibilities of working in the 
electronic medium. 3 credits. 

365. Business of Information II. An exploration of the way businesses utilize technol- 
ogy to operate effectively. The course will focus on how businesses generate, manage, 
store, and distribute information that is key to performance of business objectives. Topics 
will include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM), Supply Chain Management (SCM), e-Marketing, and Business Intelligence. 
Prerequisite: DCOM 265, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Digital Communications 65 



385. Writing for Digital Media II. This course will reinforce and build upon the design 
skills, theories, and experience from Writing for Digital Media I, and focus on the pro- 
duction and postproduction/development process. Prerequisite: DCOM 285, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

430. Capstone I. This course teaches the theory and application of planning projects in 
the field of digital communications. The course covers principles of project management, 
research, and project strategy. Additionally, topics of professionalism, client interface, 
modes of communication, and collaborative group theory and practice are explored. The 
course prepares the student for Capstone II which is the practicum course for students to 
produce the actual project. 

440. Capstone II. Capstone II is a practicum class where students work on a project for 
external clients. Capstone II simulates the collaborative and interdisciplinary environ- 
ment of the field of digital communications. The course takes the integrative theory and 
skills from the four cognate departments (visual, content, commerical, and technological) 
and builds upon theory and application explored in Capstone I to develop a multi-disci- 
plinary team of students to deliver an appropriate project. 

485. Technology and Cultural Production. This course explores the influence of technol- 
ogy on literary (written) culture, establishing a historical perspective on the way we pro- 
duce, communicate, and receive cultural works and how different technologies influence 
the production, dissemination and reception of cultural artifacts. Prerequisite: junior 
standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

495. Literature and Hypertext. This course focuses on the literary, aesthetic, and theoret- 
ical implications of Western theories of "traditional" textuality and hypertexts. Course 
includes close literary analysis, theory, and hypertext projects. Prerequisite: junior stand- 
ing and DCOM 285, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration and Digital Com- 
munications. Director of the Digital Communications Program. 
M.J., Temple University. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English and digital communications. 
Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

Grant D. Taylor, assistant professor of art and digital communications. 
Ph.D., University of Western Australia. 



66 Digital Communications 2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education certifies students in elementary, special education, 
English as a Second Language (ESL), and secondary education. 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teach- 
ers or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education, ESL, or 
a secondary certification area to an existing certificate. 

Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation is possible; however, such 
certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may require additional 
semesters. Elementary education majors who, as freshmen, begin to pursue elementary, 
special education, or ESL certifications, will be able to complete them within their four 
years of study, unless they add other elements to their studies, such as pursuing an addi- 
tional minor, double majoring, going abroad, etc. Careful and early scheduling can avoid 
misconceptions about such issues. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified gradu- 
ates who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools 
and communities where they will live and work. 

In accord with the regulations set forth in Chapter 354, General Standards for the 
Institutional Preparation of Professional Educators, the following criteria must be met by 
all candidates who seek teacher certification at Lebanon Valley College: 

I. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is neither automatic nor synonymous 
with admission to the College or to the major. 

II. All teacher candidates must be admitted to teacher certification candidacy by a for- 
mal and clearly delineated process that is distinct from admission to the College and/or 
to the major. 

III. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is contingent upon the completion of 
these criteria: 

(1) completion of a minimum of 48 college credits; 

(2) an overall GPA, after having completed 48 or more college credits, of at least 3.0; 

(3) completion of at least one English composition course; 

(4) completion of one English or American literature course; 

(5) completion of two college level mathematics courses; 

(6) passing scores on these PRAXIS Tests: PPST Reading; PPST: Writing; 
PPST: Mathematics. 

(7) completion of the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification 
Candidacy form, available from the major adviser. 

IV Those students who do not meet the above criteria may continue to pursue teacher 
certification, even though they are not and cannot be considered candidates for teacher 
certification until all of the above requirements have been met. 

V Once all of the above requirements have been met, the student must see his or her 
advisor to complete the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification Candidacy 
form, 

VI. Students who are not formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy cannot 
student teach nor will they be able to be recommended for teacher certification upon 
graduation. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 67 




VII. Students who have been formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy, but 
who afterward fall below the required overall GPA of 3.0, may continue in the program; 
however, they may not student teach unless and until they have achieved the required 
overall GPA of 3.0. 

VIII. Students must have the required overall GPA of 3.0 at the time of graduation in 
order to be eligible for recommendation by the college for teacher certification. 

Title II 

In accordance with state and federal regulations, Lebanon Valley College regularly 
reports the aggregate student data to the Pennsylvania Department of Education. The 
HEA - Title II 2004-2005 academic data (the last year of available data) shows the 
Aggregate - Basic Skills institutional pass rate for the 92 students taking the assessment 
to be 9 1/92 or 99 percent, the Aggregate - Academic Content Areas (math, English, biol- 
ogy, etc.) pass rate for the 92 students taking the assessment to be 90/92 or 98 percent, 
and the Aggregate - Teaching Special Populations (special education, ESL, etc.) pass rate 
for the 29 students taking the assessment to be 29/29 or 100 percent. Many factors, such 
as the number of students in the program, number of tests required for licensure, the num- 
ber of licensure candidates who complete all required exams before graduation, and the 
number of teacher certification candidates who actually take the licensure exams, affect 
the overall College scores. 



68 Education 



2006-2007 Catalog 



Education Program 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in general education. 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical 
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theo- 
ries of influential educators. Includes required weekly field practicum (two hours per 
week minimum). Limited to any student desiring teacher certification in any content area 
with an approved PDE certification program or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

140. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the educa- 
tional technologies used in the classroom based on the Pennsylvania Science and 
Technology Standards. Among the topics covered are computer hardware, peripherals, 
and operating systems; multimedia production; software evaluation and use; web page 
evaluation and construction; and ethical and societal issues related to the use of technol- 
ogy. Prerequisites: freshman or sophomore education majors or other certification candi- 
dates with permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to cur- 
rent research and practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course 
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various 
resource personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required 
weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional chil- 
dren. Prerequisites: limited to any student desiring teacher certification in any content area 
with an approved PDE certification program or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

450. Curriculum and Instruction for the Young Adolescent. The course will examine 
the historic and philosophic contexts of middle level education and current issues affect- 
ing middle schools including the specific characteristics of young adolescents, develop- 
mentally appropriate curriculum, instruction and assessment, the guidance and teaching 
roles of middle school teachers, cultural diversity and communication with parents and 
the public. Prerequisite: Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors 
who have a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a 
strong liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and 
methodologies of all elementary school subjects. 

The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully 
sequenced opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings 
during all four years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has estab- 
lished strong relationships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend 
an average of two hours per week each semester in various classrooms, observing teach- 
ers and children, aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and 
completing tasks on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Student teacher can- 
didates spend the semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester with 



Lebanon Valley College Education 69 



their assigned cooperating teachers. Seniors spend the fall semester in full-time student 
teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. 
Additional opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child 
care centers, middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 140, 3 10; ELM 130, 220, 230 
250, 271, 332, 344, 362, 371, 372, 401 or ART 120, 499; HIS 125; two college-level 
mathematics courses, an English composition course, and an American or British litera- 
ture course; PSY 180 (52-56 credits). 

Note: Students may graduate with the BS degree without completing student teaching. 
Students who are pursuing teacher certification must also complete 12 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in 
Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

130. Science I. A survey of basic science concepts in earth and space science, physical 
science (physics and chemistry), biological science and environmental/ecological studies 
based on the study of the Lithosphere/Biosphere relationships of physical geography. The 
basic science concepts and their content are derived from the Chapter 48 Pennsylvania 
K-12 Academic Standards of Science and Technology, Environmental/Ecological 
Education and Geography, the National Geography Standards, the Council of Social 
Studies Strands, and the National Geographic 's Six Themes of Geography. Attention will 
be given to such concepts as the solar system; solar energy: representations of the earth's 
movement; landforms, soils, and biome regions; processes that form and change the 
earth's surface; biogeography - flora and fauna, ecosystems, ecology, and environmental 
influences. Students explore, through different modes of authentic and formal assess- 
ment, media and technology and hands-on activities, the impact of science, technology, 
environmental/ecological education and geography have on their lives. Prerequisite: 
Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, using notation, listening, movement and creative applications. Limited to educa- 
tion majors or permission of instructor. [Cross-listed as Music Education 220.] 3 credits. 

230. Science II. A survey of basic science concepts in earth and space science, physical 
science (physics and chemistry), biological science and environmental/ecological studies 
based on the study of the Lithosphere/Biosphere relationships of physical geography. The 
basic science concepts and their content are derived from the Chapter 48 Pennsylvania 
K-12 Academic Standards of Science and Technology, Environmental/Ecological 
Education and Geography, the National Geography Standards, the Council of Social 
Studies Strands, and the National Geographic s Six Themes of Geography. Attention will 
be given to such concepts as the atmosphere/ocean connection, weather/climate and cli- 
mate regions of the earth, the chemical and physical impact of the hydrosphere/atmos- 
phere on the lithosphere and biosphere and the environmental/ecological influences of the 
hydrosphere/atmosphere on the lithosphere and biosphere. Students explore, through dif- 



70 Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



ferent modes of authentic assessment and formal assessment, media and technology and 
hands-on activities, the impact that science, technology, environmental/ecological educa- 
tion and geography have on their lives. Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or per- 
mission of instructor. 3 credits 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM and Pennsylvania Academic 
Standards for Mathematics, the integration of media and technology, writing across the 
curriculum, student assessments and exceptional children. Attention is given to the devel- 
opment of hands-on teaching activities, simulations and experiences which can be uti- 
lized effectively with any classroom population. Limited to education majors or permis- 
sion of instructor. 3 credits. 

277. Literacy and Literature I. A course that will focus on the growth and development 
of the young, emergent reader. The course foundation will be supported by both a bal- 
anced literacy approach and the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading, Writing, 
Speaking and Listening. Stressing the importance of early intervention, students will 
explore a variety of strategies, methods and assessments to teach reading supported by 
research. These include, but are not limited to phonological awareness, letter recognition, 
sound symbol relationships, vocabulary development, kid writing and inventive spelling. 
Prerequisite: Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

281-286. Field Practician in the Elementary School. Supervised weekly field experi- 
ences (two hours per week minimum) in appropriate school settings. Prerequisite: per- 
mission. 1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in gen- 
eral science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental 
studies based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science and Technology. The 
course emphasizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with 
special attention to materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, 
authentic assessment, exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kinder- 
garten through sixth grade students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, whole lan- 
guage approach to teaching physical and environmental science. Prerequisite: Limited to 
education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes 
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease 
Control and Prevention and the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science and 
Technology. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight com- 
ponents in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health 
Education Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of 
health education, and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of 
health in today's schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral and religious issues often 
associated with this area of the school curriculum. Prerequisite: Limited to education 
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School An examination of the content, methods 
and role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood, based 

Lebanon Valley College Education 71 



on the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS and the applicable Pennsylvania Academic 
Standards. The curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of 
children as they relate to developing values and attitudes, and the planned study of peo- 
ple as they live and have lived in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the 
examination of learning resources are required. Prerequisite: Limited to education majors 
or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

371. Literacy and Literature II. A course that will focus on the growth and development 
of the beginning reader. The course foundation will be supported by both a balanced lit- 
eracy approach and the PDE standards for reading, writing, speaking and listening. 
Stressing the importance of a strong foundation of phonics, vocabulary, fluency and com- 
prehension, students will explore a variety of strategies, methods and assessments to 
teach reading supported by research. Students will also explore the types of writing, the 
writing process and conventional spelling instruction. As the writing process is taught, 
students will demonstrate the process by writing a 3000-word paper on a topic related to 
the course. The professor will conference with each student during the revising and edit- 
ing stages of the process. ELM 371 is writing process. Prerequisite: ELM 271, limited to 
education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

372. Literacy and Literature III. A course that will focus on the growth and continued 
development of the developing reader as independent reading within the curriculum 
becomes necessary. The course foundation will be supported by both a balanced literacy 
approach and the PDE standards for reading, writing, speaking and listening. Stressing the 
importance of comprehension, students will explore a variety of strategies, methods and 
assessments to teach reading and writing across the content areas as supported by research. 
This includes but is not limited to writing short stories and informational pieces with an 
understanding of the stylistic aspects and conventions of composition. Prerequisite: ELM 
271, 371, limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in ele- 
mentary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation, 
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes and are 
based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Art. Prerequisite: Limited to educa- 
tion majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under 
the supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors or students 
who are seeking certification and have been admitted to teacher certification candidacy 
status. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 is required to student teach. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110, 140, 310; HIS 125; PSY 180; ELM 130, 220, 230, 250, 271, 28X, 332, 344, 
362, 371, 372, 401 and permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are researched 
and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to further profes- 
sional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do extensive research in an 
approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presentation of that research to 
the class. Prerequisite: Limited to senior elementary education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 



72 Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



Secondary Teacher Certification Program 

Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by complet- 
ing an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction with a 
carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education Department. 
Both the major program and the professional education component are completed within 
the context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in art, biology, chemistry, English, French, 
German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, social science, and citizenship education. 

Candidates are provided with opportunities to observe and to teach in junior high, 
middle school, and high school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. 
Cooperating teachers are selected through a process involving College faculty, second- 
ary school personnel, and the student teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial place- 
ments possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students com- 
plete the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education 
courses. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biol- 
ogy, chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, psychology 
[social science] and social studies [citizenship education].) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must meet all 
Chapter 354 requirements, complete the approved program in the chosen major and 21 
credits in education courses, consisting of EDU 110, SED 430, SED 431 and SED 440. 
SED 280 or SED 43 1 must be taken in the fall or spring semester immediately preceding 
the student teaching semester. SED 280 should be taken at least twice prior to SED 440. 

Courses in Secondary Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appro- 
priate school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary 
teachers. Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods I. A study of the basic principles and procedures for mid- 
dle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior status; approval of the 
instructor; must be taken prior to SED 43 1 or SED 440. 3 credits. 

431. Practicum and Methods II. A continuation of the basic principles and procedures 
for middle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. 
Prerequisites: EDU 1 10; SED 280, 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior 
or senior status; approval of the instructor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend the entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a cooperating teacher. Prerequisites: A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 
and admission to teacher certification candidacy are required. (See Education Department 
III 1-7.) EDU 1 10; SED 430, 43 1; open to seniors or students seeking certification only 

Note: t is strongly recommended that SED 430/43 1 be completed before taking SED 440. 
Under no circumstances should other courses be taken during the student teaching 



Lebanon Valley College Education 73 



semester except for SED 431, if it has not been taken in the semester immediately pre- 
ceding the student teaching semester. SED 431 or SED 280 (1 credit for four hours per 
week in an assigned classroom with a cooperating teacher) should be taken in the semes- 
ter immediately preceding the student teaching semester. 

Special Education Certification Program 
Cognitive, Behavior, Physical/Health Disabilities (CBP/HD) 

The Special Education Program operates in conjunction with the Elementary, Music 
Education, or Secondary Education Programs. Students complete a full sequence of course 
work in their majors in addition to their specialized course work in special education. 
Student teaching experiences are provided in two settings: one in a regular school setting 
and the second in a special education setting. Program graduates are certified to teach in 
regular elementary, music education, or secondary school programs and in special educa- 
tion programs for students with mental retardation, learning disabilities, behavior disorders, 
autism, orthopedic impairments, or multiple disabilities, grades K through 12. 

Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking 
either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. Special education 
certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials 
will be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to 
the special education program. 

Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a special 
education setting over the course of the entire semester. One half of the student teaching 
semester will be completed in a special education setting. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their 
majors and in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required 
courses in special education. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biolo- 
gy, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music educa- 
tion, physics, psychology [social science] and the social studies [citizenship education].) 

Courses in Special Education (EDU): 

3 10. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to cur- 
rent research and practices concerning the range of exeptionalities in children. The course 
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various 
resource personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required 
weekly field experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional chil- 
dren. Prerequisites: limited to students enrolled in PDE approval certification programs 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

311. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Settings I. 

Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs of excep- 
tional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application of 
curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and needs 



74 Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



of students with various needs will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of 
the various kindergarten through grade 12 curricula, as well as life skills instruction, will 
be addressed. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education setting. 
EDU 31 1 is writing process. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310. 3 credits. 

312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Settings 

II. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs of 
exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application of 
curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and needs 
of students will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of the various kinder- 
garten through grade 12 curricula will be addressed. Includes a required weekly field 
experience in a special education setting. Prerequisite: EDU 1 10, 310, 31 1. 3 credits. 

313. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and 
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why and the what 
of dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed in 
this course. Ways of observing, of recording and of responding to student behaviors will 
be developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom manage- 
ment will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field experi- 
ence in a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10, 310, 31 1, 312. 3 credits. 

3 14. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exceptionalities. 

Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process and in 
making educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the conse- 
quences of labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address the 
assessment process in light of current research and legislation concerning special educa- 
tion, with attention to recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. This 
course also focuses on curriculum based assessments and performance based assess- 
ments used to evaluate the rate and quality of student learning and the effectiveness of 
teacher instruction on an ongoing basis. Includes a required weekly field experience in a 
special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312, 313. 3 credits. 

English as a Second Language (ESL) 

The ESL Program operates in conjunction with the Elementary, Music Education, or 
Secondary Education Programs. Students complete a full sequence of course work in 
their major in addition to their specialized course work in ESL. Field experiences in ESL 
settings are provided throughout the program. Program graduates are certified to teach in 
regular elementary, music education, or secondary programs and are qualified to apply 
for Program Specialist Certification for ESL. 

Students pursuing ESL program specialist certification must at the same time be seek- 
ing either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. ESL certifica- 
tion cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the ESL program. Each candidate's credentials will 
be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to the 
ESL program. Each course in the program with the exception of EDU 320, includes 
mandatory field experiences in an ESL setting. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 75 



Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in ESL. Students complete the requirements in their majors and in the 

chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required courses in ESL. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biol- 
ogy, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music edu- 
cation, physics, psychology [social science] and social studies [citizenship education]). 

Courses in ESL (EDU) 

320. Foundations of Language. This course will introduce to students the foundations of 
language, including syntactic, lexical, phonetic, phonological, and morphological com- 
ponents, with a focus on the English language. It will also review and discuss major the- 
ories of first and second language acquisition. Prerequisites: course restricted to elemen- 
tary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program 
Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

EDU 324. Teaching ESL/Materials Development A course that focuses on the teaching of 
English to speakers of other languages. Specifically, the course explores the multidimen- 
sional nature of the teacher as a learner of teaching, the contexts within which teaching 
occurs, and the activities and content of secondary language teaching and learning. 
Throughout the semester students engage in a range of theoretical, pedagogical, and reflec- 
tive activities. The course includes a required two-hour-per-week field experience in local 
programs designed to meet the needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 320, course 
restricted to elementary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a 
Program Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

EDU 328. Assessment and Performance. An assessment course with an emphasis on 
developing and using varieties of multiple assessments for levels/stages of language pro- 
ficiency, acquisition, and social and subject matter learning. Students become familiar 
with current Pennsylvania Department of Education approved assessments. The course 
exposes students to school support services for ESL students such as: "intake" or initial 
screening, LEA systems for intervention for ESL students "at-risk" of learning problems 
and Instructional Support Teams (1ST). School support policies for the protection of ESL 
students in 1ST or team staffings and LEA models for providing instruction in inclusive 
settings are also presented and discussed. This course will also examine support services 
that actively recruit culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) families for helping to 
develop and assist in these services. Models of program evaluation using PDE approved 
assessment instruments for ESL students will be explained. The course includes a 
required two-hour-per-week field experience in local programs designed to meet the 
needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 324, course restricted to elementary or sec- 
ondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program Specialist 
Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

EDU 332. Cultural Awareness - Language, Culture and the Classroom. The course 
provides important connections between theory and practice. This course also examines 
the impact of culture and cultural adjustment on learning for ELLs. The course address- 
es these many questions: What cultural differences most impact students' learning? What 
is the link between culture and language? Why learn about culture? What questions 



76 Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



should teachers be asking about students' cultures to understand multicultural students 
better? How can we help students adjust to our culture while learning language and 
academics in schools? What do teachers need to know about the cultural adjustment 
process and why? How can we respect cultural diversity, encourage students to maintain 
first culture and language while still adjusting to their new culture, without denying our 
own US culture in the process? Is it really necessary for an ESL or classroom teacher to 
be knowledgeable about other cultures? What does an ESL teacher need to know about 
world cultures that will enhance his/her teaching skills and classroom management? 
What do ESL/EFL students need to know about each others' cultures? This course will 
explore answers to these questions, with a focus on intercultural communication, creat- 
ing understandings between people of different cultures, backgrounds and communica- 
tion styles. Topics will include socioculture, psychocultural, and environmental influ- 
ences on language and communication, and how teachers can utilize this knowledge to 
make instruction of multicultural children more effective and enjoyable by capitalizing on 
diversity. Parameters for understanding culture, the acculturalization process, exploring 
various cultures, understanding multicultural children, and creating multicultural learn- 
ing communities will also be topics for consideration. Students investigate the technolo- 
gy and resources available for the teaching of ESL. Applications of "best practices" to 
classroom settings are an integral component of the course. The course includes a 
required two-hour-per-week field experience in local programs designed to meet the 
needs of the ESL student. Prerequisites: EDU 324, EDU 328, course restricted to elemen- 
tary or secondary certification candidates, in-service teachers seeking a Program 
Specialist Certification for ESL, or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Susan L. Atkinson, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, and language arts, plus courses in 
children's literature and physical geography. Supervises student teachers. Her research 
interests are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase academic 
achievement. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom management, 
and early childhood education. She is the advisor for the College s professional teaching 
organization, which includes secondary, elementary and music education majors. 

Cheryl L. George, associate professor of education. 
Ph.D., University of North Texas. 

She serves as the director of special education and is responsible for the operation, coor- 
dination and continued development of the program. She teaches courses in special edu- 
cation and is the department liaison with special education administrators and teachers in 
the intermediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She oversees 
course-required field experiences and supervises student teachers in special education 
settings. She serves as a resource in special education matters for faculty and students 
involved in teacher certification, especially within the education department. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 77 



Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational technology and secondary methodology and supervis- 
es student teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and technology in the 
department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and other instruction- 
al media in all phases of teacher preparation. 

Dale E. Summers, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Ball State University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations, elementary social studies, and senior sem- 
inar. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor pre-student teach- 
ing field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education for the emo- 
tionally disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level. 

Linda L. Summers, assistant professor of education. 

M.A., Ball State University. 

She serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the 

Education Department. She teaches courses in language arts, social studies, and health. 

She supervises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in education 

include early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of integrated 

curriculum, and cooperative learning. 

Karen Walker, assistant professor of education. 
Ed.D., Bowling Green State University. 

She teaches courses in educational foundations, secondary methods, supervises student 
teachers, and monitors pre-student teaching field experiences. She is extremely interest- 
ed in how to meet the needs of every student through the utilization of brain based learn- 
ing research, differentiated instruction, learning styles, and multiple intelligences. An 
area of particular interest is middle level education and how studens at that age learn and 
respond to the world around them. 

M. Jane Yingling, assistant professor of education. 

Ph.D., Marywood University. 

She serves as assistant to the director of special education. She teaches courses in both 

special education and elementary education, oversees required field experiences, and 

supervises student teachers. Her areas of interest include working with children with mild 

to moderate learning disabilites, inclusion, and brain-based learning and resiliency. 



78 Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 

The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While 
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications, theater or sec- 
ondary education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors 
learn the skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, 
organization and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate 
work in literature or communications, or for professional study in such fields as law and 
theology. Graduates of the Department of English also are prepared to work in journal- 
ism, teaching, editing, public relations, publishing, advertising, theater, and business. 

Independent Study: Juniors and seniors with a minimum 2.00 GPA, who wish to study 
an in-depth topic that is not covered in any offered courses, may choose to take an inde- 
pendent study. For every semester hour of credit, the student must complete at least 45 
clock hours of time working on what should ultimately result in a final formal document. 
Students are responsible for completing the necessary application forms, which are avail- 
able in the registrar's office, and finding a professor to oversee their progress. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any 
one semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward 
the graduation requirements. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a minimum 3.50 GPA at the end of their 
junior year also may choose to apply for departmental honors in conjunction with an inde- 
pendent study. Details are available from the department chairperson. 

The English Department offers minors in literature, communications, and theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must 
be from 221-226); 321; 341 or 342 (18 credits). Students must choose one of the concen- 
trations below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three 
from among 330, 350, 390-literature (21 credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099, 140; five additional communications 
courses, at least two of which must be at the 300 level (201 or 202, 210-218, 310-315, 
380, 390-communications); at least three credits of 400 (21 credits). 

Theater concentration: ENG 201-204; three credits of 301; two additional drama-related 
courses from among the following: 330, 341 or 342, 350, 390 (literature), 400 (21 credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229 
(the total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among 201, 
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390 (literature); and 360 (21 credits). 

To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 
1 10; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440 (minimum cumulative GPA 3.0, as required by PDE). 

Minor (Literature): ENG 120; 221 or 222; two from 225-229; two additional 300-level 
literature courses ( 1 8 credits). 

Minor (Communications): ENG 120, 140, 221 or 222; three additional communications 
courses (201-218, 310-315, 390-communications) (18 credits). 

Lebanon Valley College English 79 



Minor (Theater): ENG 120; one from 201 or 202, or three credits of 301 ; 203 or 204; 341 
or 342; six additional credits to be selected in consultation with the student's adviser 
(18 credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's completed communica- 
tions-oriented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student's formal 
request to take ENG 400 (Internship). The portfolio must include a minimum of seven 
examples of communications-related work, three of which must be submissions to La Vie 
Collegieime, the campus newspaper. Offered every semester. credits. 

Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his 
own voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses 
emphasize the development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 
1 12 also emphasizes speaking, reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 1 12: 111, FYS 
1 00 or permission of chairperson. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
methodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every 
semester. 3 credits. 

140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses 
of language and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copy- 
writers, public relations personnel and technical writers. Usually offered every semester. 
3 credits. 

201. Introduction to Acting. The development of skills in speech and movement through 
the use of theater games and improvisations. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

202. Advanced Acting. An exploration of the relationship between the actor and the text 
through script analysis and the performance of scenes and mononlogues. Usually offered 
spring semester. 3 credits. 

203. Stagecraft: Technical Skills. Instruction in the mechanics of backstage theater 
operations, including lighting as well as set and property construction. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
performing a full-length play. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listen- 
ing skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 112, or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as inter- 
viewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and writing features according 
to standard formats and styles. The course also covers legal and ethical aspects of jour- 
nalism. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 1 1 1 and 1 12, or permission of the instructor. 
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate 
fall semesters. 3 credits. 



80 English 2006-2007 Catalog 



215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered alter- 
nate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking and illus- 
trating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical audi- 
ence. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive and other types of 
oral communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judg- 
ment of others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors from 
the colonial period to about 1900. Writing process. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1 900 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the 
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 
3 credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from 
about 1 800 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 
3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history 
to about A.D.I 000. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from about A.D. 1000 to 
about 1800. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western cul- 
tures. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major writers from about 1 800 to the pres- 
ent. The course includes literature from Europe and Russia, as well as non-western cul- 
tures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

301. Acting Lab. A workshop that meets once a week to explore specific issues in acting; 
course content changes every semester. Usually offered every semester. 1 credit. 

310. Advanced Journalism. Enhancement of basic journalistic skills by reading and writ- 
ing longer investigative and feature articles. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213. 
Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

312. Writing for Radio and TV Theory and technique of writing news and features for 
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local 
news, recording interviews, and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Usually 
offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copywriting; selection 
and presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Usually 
offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College English 8 1 




314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modern public relations as practiced by 
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Planning of 
promotional campaigns. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor. Usually 
offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution 
of English phonology, morphology, syntax and vocabulary, including current conventions 
and usage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the 
narrative poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biogra- 
phy, and autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated 
for credit when it involves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually offered every semester. 
3 credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the 
comedies and the histories. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level sur- 
vey (221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or British authors. 
Recent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, O'Connor, Morrison, Chaucer, 



82 English 



2006-2007 Catalog 



Milton, Pound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be 
repeated for credit. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(221-229). Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and litera- 
ture in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and com- 
position theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing process. Prerequisites: 
ENG 120 and EDU 1 10. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. Consideration of fundamental questions such 
as the definition of literature, the value of literature, and the validity of the literary canon. 
Provides an introduction to a variety of critical approaches to literary interpretation, on 
both a theoretical and practical level. Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate 
spring semesters. 3 credits. 

380. Politics and the Mass Media. One of the goals of this course is to encourage stu- 
dents to think about the impact of the mass media on the political process and vice versa. 
Students will read texts whose authors attempt to prove their theories concerning the 
extent and nature of the impacts mass media and politics have on each other. We will con- 
sider the history of the interaction between politics and media, and we will examine how 
emerging technologies are changing the face of political communication in the United 
States. Prerequisites: One of the following, ENG 140; HIS 125, 126, 127; PSC 100, 1 10, 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to 
the student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally 
limited to juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: ENG 
099; permission of the chairperson; application form from registrar's office must be com- 
pleted prior to registration. 1-12 credit hours. 

Faculty 

Philip A. Billings, professor of English. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction 

writing. His publications include poems and articles in various magazines as well as three 

books of poems. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. Chairperson. 

M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She teaches courses in travel writing, magazine writing, environmental literature, and 

communications. Experienced in journalism, public relations, and freelance writing, she 

has published one book and numerous articles and essays in national magazines. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, Greek myth, and grammar. 
He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on American cul- 
tural criticism and 20th-century poetry. Serving as director of general education, he 
supervises the first-year seminars. 



Lebanon Valley College English 83 



John P. Kearney, professor of English. 
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

He teaches courses in Shakespeare, English literature, and technical writing, as well as an 
interdisciplinary course in revolutions. He is a Victorian literature scholar who is work- 
ing on Charles Dickens and George Eliot. 

Walter E. Labonte, instructor in English. Supervisor of interns. 

M.A., Northeastern University. 

He serves the department as supervisor of interns and director of the College Writing 

Center. He teaches courses in writing, literature, management communications, and the 

teaching of English in the secondary schools. He is a published writer. 

Mary K. Pettice, associate professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Houston. 

She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and English and American literature. 

Experienced in the newspaper and publishing worlds, she has also published poetry and 

short stories. 

Kevin B. Pry, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in acting, world literature, 

dramatic literature, and theater production. He also advises Wig and Buckle, the student 

drama club. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

He teaches courses in technical writing, digital communications, and British literature. 

He has published on British literature and currently serves on the executive committee of 

the MLA Scottish literature discussion group. 

Catherine M. Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

She teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, and various forms of writ- 
ing. She has published on topics such as American literature and narrative theory and is 
working on a project on narrative beginnings. 

Frances S. Seeger, lecturer in English. 

M.A., M.B.A., American University. 

Experienced in major market television production and writing, she teaches courses in 

broadcast journalism, mass communications, public relations, and documentary film. 

She also advises students involved with WLVC, the College radio station. 

Rachel Luckenbill, adjunct instructor in English. 
M. A., Villanova University, 2005. 



84 English 2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic com- 
munication skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who 
use the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which 
humankind thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a 
variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business, 
and social service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often com- 
bined with majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the College's opportunities 
for foreign travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne, 
Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German, and Spanish, 
secondary teacher certification in French, German, and Spanish; Italian at the elementary 
level; as well as minors in French, German, and Spanish. 

Foreign Languages Program 

Degi'ee Requirements: 

Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. 

Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: In addition to majoring in a language, 
students seeking elementary or secondary certification in a foreign language must take 
FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses, including EDU 1 10 and SED 430, 431 and 
ELM or SED 440. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modern 
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary 
through secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 
202. 3 credits. 

Courses in Italian (ITA): 

101, 102. Elementary Italian I, II. Introductory courses in Italian. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in Italian. Also offers insights into Italian-speaking cul- 
tures. 3 credits. 

French Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

Major: 27 credits in French above the intermediate level including FRN 340 and at least 
6 of which must be in 400-level writing process courses. For teaching certification, FLG 
360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversa- 
tion and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Montpellier, France, is designed for students with varying abilities in 
French. This program is located at the University of Montpellier in southern France near 
the Mediterranean Sea. Students are placed in courses at their level of language expert- 
ise. All courses are in French. 

Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 85 



Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French I, II. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate French I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — lis- 
tening, speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of French-speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written French. 
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
France and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive 
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many reg- 
isters of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversa- 
tion, announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listen- 
ing immersion in the Francophone world and a foundation in French linguistics and pho- 
netics. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. French Culture and Civilization. An overview of French and Francophone cultures, 
history, and geography, with special focus on current issues. Taught in French. 
Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Cultures and Civilizations of the Francophone Countries. This course explores the 
cultures and civilizations of Francophone countries outside of France, countries where 
French is one of the languages spoken and where it is the main vehicle of literature and 
culture. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval 
French literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through 
Renaissance philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills 
through literature will be promoted. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equiva- 
lent. 3 credits. 

420. French Literature of the 17th and the 18th Centuries. A study of the spirit and prin- 
cipal authors of French Classicism (with a special emphasis on the theater of Corneille, 
Racine, and Moliere) and the main ideological currents of the 1 8th century, with a spe- 
cial emphasis on the writers of the Enlightenment and their role in the transition from the 
old to the new regime (Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, Rousseau, FAbbe Prevost, 
Marivaux). Prerequisite: FRN 202. Writing process. 3 credits. 



86 Foreign Languages 2006-2007 Catalog 



430. French Literature of 19th Century. A study of the main ideological and literary 
currents of the 19th centuries; Romanticism, Realism and Naturalism. Emphasis on the 
works of Flaubert, Balzac, Zola, Maupassant, Baudelaire, and others. Prerequisite: FRN 
202. Writing process. 3 credits. 

440. French Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of contemporary socie- 
ty as reflected in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre 
de l'Absurde. Such writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, Ionesco and 
Becket will be studied. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th 
and 20th centuries. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

German Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 27 credits in German above the intermediate level, including GMN 340 and at 
least 6 of which must be in 400 level writing process courses. For teaching certification, 
FLG 360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversa- 
tion and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Cologne, Germany, allows students to complete a full year of intermedi- 
ate German in one semester. Students also enroll in a German reading course or courses 
in German civilization taught in English. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101, 102. Elementary German I, II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at develop- 
ing basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speak- 
ing cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — lis- 
tening, speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403, 404. Language and Culture I, II. An immersion course on three 
levels offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical 
exercises and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. 
Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken German. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to German life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

301. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written German. 
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary German writing and issues. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 87 




310. Germany Today. Describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. 
Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermedi- 
ate student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the tech- 
niques of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of German: Intensive Listening Comprehension. A listening compre- 
hension class presenting spoken German from a variety of sources and in various regis- 
ters. In addition, the course introduces Germanic linguistics and the comparative phonet- 
ics of English and German. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. German Culture and Civilization. An overview of German culture, history, and 
geography. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation and Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for 
accurate and idiomatic translation of German texts into English and English into German. 
Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a partic- 
ular topic or theme. Students may repeat this course for credit. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock. 
Involves both texts and music as appropriate. Writing process. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 



Foreign Languages 



2006-2007 Catalog 



Spanish Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 

Major: 30 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; at least 9 credits must be in 
400-level writing process courses. At least 15 credits must be obtained at LVC. The 30 
credits must include SPA 340, SPA 300 (or two language courses in Salamanca), SPA 310 
(or a composition course in Salamanca), SPA 350 (or a combination of two courses in 
Salamanca, SPA 390, History of Spain; SPA 390, Spanish Art; SPA 390, Music and 
Traditions of Spain), SPA 360. 

Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversa- 
tion and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Spain is located in the university city of Salamanca. Students take courses 
in Spanish language, history, civilization, economics, and art at the Colegio de Espana. 

Courses in Spanish (SPA): 

101, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at develop- 
ing basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Hispanic cul- 
tures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Begins with a review of material typically covered in 
a first-year Spanish course followed by further development of proficiency in all four lan- 
guage skills listening, speaking, reading and writing. Also aims to enhance students' knowl- 
edge of the cultures of Hispanic peoples. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

211. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. Introduction to the technical 
vocabulary of physical therapy needed to communicate with Spanish-speaking patients. 
One hour of conversation and mock patient-therapist sessions per week. Prerequisite: 
SPA 202 or equivalent. [Cross-listed as Physical Therapy 710.] 2 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to Spanish and Latin American life and contemporary soci- 
ety. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills 
through composition assignments based on contemporary issues. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business Spanish. A study of the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listen- 
ing comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers 
of spoken Spanish. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the 
Hispanic world and a foundation in Spanish linguistics and phonetics. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Spanish Culture and Civilization. An overview of Spanish culture, history and 
geography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 
3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 89 



360. Latin-American Cultures and Civilizations. An overview of Latin American cul- 
tures, history and geography, with special focus on current issues. Foreign studies. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation and Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English 
and English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

41 0. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstand- 
ing works of the period. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

430. Spanish Literature and the 18th and 19th Centuries. Readings from the 
Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and real- 
ism. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

440. Spanish Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of the literary move- 
ment of the century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries. A study of the impor- 
tant writers of the century, with emphasis on recent developments. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of native cultures before 1492, the arrival of 
Spanish explorers and their effect on these native populations. Foreign Studies. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Jean-Marc Braem, assistant professor of French. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Braem teaches courses on all levels of Francophone language, culture and civilization. He 

has written on censorship in French literature and the instructional use of films in French. 

Rick Chamberlin, assistant professor of German and French. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Chamberlin teaches courses at all levels in both French and German, his areas of research 

are German and French medieval literature, as well as the literary relations between the 

20th-century German writers Klaus and Thomas Mann. 

Maria Mielgo-C astro, assistant professor of Spanish. 

M.A., University of Exeter, England. 

Mielgo-Castro teaches Spanish language and literature. She specializes in 19th-century 

Spanish Romantic literature. 

James W. Scott, professor of German. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's 



90 Foreign Languages 2006-2007 Catalog 



short fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is prepar- 
ing a new translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. 

Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, associate professor of Spanish. 
Ph.D., University of Miami. 

Tezanos-Pinto teaches courses in Spanish language, Hispanic culture, and literature. She 
researches the poetic and narrative works of the 20th-century Caribbean and Hispanic- 
American female writers. She has published essays on critical theory and literary lan- 
guage and has presented papers at conferences in the United States, Europe, Asia and 
Latin America. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, associate professor of Spanish. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., Washington University. 

Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture, history and liter- 
ature. His special interests are South American travel literature of the colonial and 1 9th- 
century periods, and Pre-Columbian civilizations. He has published a book and articles 
in Argentina, Chile, and Colombia, and has presented papers at international conferences 
in the United States, Argentina, Mexico, and France. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebury College. 

Bowley teaches French language at the elementary and intermediate level. 

Rita M. Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish and Italian. 

M.A., West Chester University. 

Gargotta teaches Italian language at the elementary level, and Spanish at the elementary 

and intermediate level. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Montclair State College. 

Nissman-Cohen teaches French language at the elementary level. 

Jose Vargas- Vila, adjunct instructor in Spanish. 

M.A., University of Miami. 

Vargas-Vila teaches Spanish language and the elementary and intermediate level. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 9 1 



DEPARTMENT OF 
HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

As disciplines, history and political science are closely related. Many students choose 
a double major or a major/minor combination. Others combine a history or political sci- 
ence major with a major or minor in fields such as economics, foreign languages, philos- 
ophy or religion, English, or business. Students in these majors also may choose to work 
towards certification in Citizenship Education. 

History Program 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better 
understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and ana- 
lyze information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history can lead to a career in teaching at the college or 
high school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and libraries, journal- 
ism or editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications, or a number 
of other professions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: History 101, 103, 104, 125, 126, 250, 251; six upper division courses (above the 
100 level), including one each in American, European, and Latin American or non- 
Western history, and three electives; and 499. Two of the six upper division courses must 
be at the 300 level (40 credits). 

Secondary Education Concentration: Students shall successfully complete the history 
major plus HIS 360, The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. 
Students shall also complete the Citizenship Education core, a second math course, an 
English or American literature course, and 2 1 credits of secondary education courses 
including EDU 1 10, SED 280, 430, 43 1 , and 440. Students apply to the certification pro- 
gram after completing at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) with a 
3.0 grade point average, and must maintain that average in order to be certified. 

Minor: HIS 101, 103, 104, 125, 126, 250 or 251; two electives, at least one of which must 
be at the 300 level (22 credits). 

Historical Communications Program 

The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunction 
with the English Department, described on page 79. The major in historical communica- 
tions is an interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested students 
to engage in a comprehensive study of both history and communications and their inter- 
connectedness. The program is designed to prepare students for professional research, 
writing and editing positions in such fields as radio, television, motion pictures, cable, 
popular history magazines, theatrical history, and oral history. Lebanon Valley College is 
one of the very few colleges to offer such a major. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications. 



92 History and Political Science 2006-2007 Catalog 




Major: HIS 101, 103, 104, 125, 126, 202, 250, 251, 400; one 200 or 300 level course each 
in American, European, and Latin American or non- Western history; ENG 140, 213, 216, 
310; and one from ENG 204, 312, 315 (49 credits) 

Courses in History (HIS): 

101. History Workshop. This course is designed for beginning history majors and any 
other students taking a course in history. In this course, students will develop the analyt- 
ical skills appropriate for writing history papers. Students will work on developing thesis 
statements, writing comparatively, developing cause and effect, thinking chronologically, 
and citing properly Prerequisites: Students must be enrolled in another history course 
concurrently. 1 credit. 

103. The Ancient World: The Dawn of Civilization to the Fall of the Han and Roman 
Empires. A study of the development of civilizations from the development of human 
civilizations to the end of the first era of empire building in India, China, and the 
Mediterranean. Topics include the river valley civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, 
India, and China; the formation of great philosophies and religious traditions in Asia and 
Greece; and the first empires in the Mediterranean world, India, and China. 3 credits. 

104. The Second Age of Empires: World History from the Fall of Rome to the Mongol 
Invasions. A study of the second phase of empire building in world history, spanning the 
period from the fall of Rome in 476 to the end of the Middle Ages in Europe and the end 
Mongol domination in Asia and Russia by 1450. Topics will include the Byzantine 
Empire; the gradual recovery of Europe after the fall of Rome; the renewal of China 
under the T'ang and the Song Dynasties; the Islamic dynasties in the Middle East, Africa, 
India, and China; and the Mongol invasions. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



History and Political Science 93 



105. Europe Encounters the World. This course is a survey of modern history, from 1400 to 
the present. The course will focus on one of the most important aspects of modern history, 
the processes of colonization and decolonization. The course is framed by three main areas 
of inquiry. First students explore why it was the Europeans who expanded over the globe 
from 1500 to 1900. The second theme is the cultural encounter that resulted from European 
expansion. The final section of the course deals with the twentieth century. The following 
themes are covered: colonial resistance, the three-world order, and globalization. 3 credits. 

125. United States History to 1865. The major events and developments in America from 
Columbus to the Civil War, with emphasis on the creation of a distinctive American soci- 
ety from the interaction of different cultures, ethnic groups, and ideas. Major themes 
include the transformation of European cultural ideas in colonial America and the impact 
of republican ideology, democratization, and the spread of the market economy between 
the Revolution and the Civil War. 3 credits. 

126. United States History Since 1865. American history from 1 865 until the present. 
Students learn about important themes in recent history such as law and order, native land 
rights, protest movements, foreign policy and its critics, and the rise of corporate power 
and its economic and political consequences. 3 credits. 

202. Historical Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the world and how 
the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

205. Early Modern Europe. Selected themes in the cultural, religious, economic, social, 
and political history of Europe from the end of the fourteenth century to about 1715. After 
a brief survey of the late Middle Ages, the course will then address focus on the 
Renaissance, Reformation, age of discovery, and finally state-making in the seventeenth 
century. Through the examination of these themes the course will chart the shift in the geo- 
graphic centers of power in early modern Europe from the Mediterranean to Northern 
Europe and the Atlantic seaboard. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution and Nationalism. The course will chart the ways in which the French 
Revolution and the industrial revolution in Europe shaped the political, economic, social, 
cultural, and intellectual development of Europe in the nineteenth century. The major 
themes of the course include the development of the political ideologies that emerged as 
a result of the French Revolution, industrialization, nationalism, the development of class 
societies, gradual democratization in parts of Europe, the beginning of the women's 
movement, challenges to liberalism, and finally, the causes of World War I. Writing 
process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. An introduction to the main political, social, econom- 
ic, and intellectual developments in twentieth-century Europe. The major themes of the 
course include the experience of the two world wars; the development of fascist and com- 
munist regimes under Lenin and Stalin, Mussolini, and Hitler; the weakness of the west- 
ern democracies after World War I; the Holocaust; the Cold War; the Communist Bloc; 
the end to colonialism; the European Union; the development of the welfare state; and the 
new nationalism. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of 
the instructor. 3 credits. 



94 History and Political Science 2006-2007 Catalog 



208. Great Britain from 1688 to the Present. Selected themes in British history from 1688 
to the present. The course will begin with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 so as to estab- 
lish the background for an ongoing discussion of Great Britain's parliamentary tradition. 
Great Britain's industrial revolution, the rise of a working class, and the politics of labor will 
constitute another set of related themes. The course will also explore Victorianism and cul- 
tural developments in the nineteenth century. Other major topics will include British impe- 
rialism, the impact of two world wars, and the relationships among the component parts of 
the United Kingdom (Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and England). Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

210. The History of Modern France, 1 750 to the Present. A study of French history from 
1750 to the 1980s. The course provides an overview of the political, social, economic, and 
cultural history of France from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth century. The course 
will address a variety of themes from the standpoint of France's place in European histo- 
ry as a whole but also in terms of the uniqueness of the French experience. Some of the 
themes covered by the course will include: France's revolutionary tradition; the develop- 
ment of a democratic society; the French pattern of gradual industrialization; the persist- 
ence of the French peasantry; the socialist movement and syndicalism; the evolution of 
the radical right; imperialism; French communism; intellectual movements in literature, 
philosophy and the arts; France and Europe in the post-war period; women in French 
society; and the role of minorities in France. The course will also examine the ways in 
which these themes relate to issues confronting contemporary France. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

212. History of Modern Germany. An introduction to the historical, political, social and 
intellectual background of modern Germany. Discussion topics include the Congress of 
Vienna, the 1848 revolution, the first unification in 1871, the Weimar Republic, National 
Socialism and the division of Germany after World War II. Special attention will be paid 
to the unification process since 1989 and Germany's role in international politics. Offered 
in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

21 7. Women in Modern Europe, 1 750 to the Present. An exploration of the position of 
women in Modern Europe from 1750 to the present. The course focuses around the ten- 
sions between women's difference and demands for equal treatment as this theme has 
played out through history. The course will begin with a discussion of gender in history 
and then proceed to examination of women in pre-industrial Europe, the French 
Revolution, the industrial revolution, nineteenth-century reform movements, feminism 
and the suffrage movement. Twentieth century themes include the "new" woman, women 
in communist Russia and under the fascist regimes, the impact of two world wars on 
women's roles, the welfare state, and finally, contemporary feminism. Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson and Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian 
society struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity 
and sectional tension. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 95 



230. American Electoral Politics. This course uses the current presidential election as a 
case study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elections. 
The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealignment to 
study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and will attempt 
to place the current presidential election within its historical context. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Political 
Science 230.] 

240. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old 
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

242. The African-American Experience. Survey of African- American history from the 
origins of slavery until the present. The course develops several inter-related themes such as 
slavery, protest movement and civil rights, economic history, and blacks in Pennsylvania. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

245. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from the 
colonial period to the present. It emphasizes the ways that women's paid and unpaid labor 
has shaped their status and role in the family, society, and the economy. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

250. The Historian's Craft. An introduction to the basics of historical research and writ- 
ing. The most important goal of the course is to help students produce a clearly written 
research paper, with footnotes and a bibliography. A primary source paper and other writ- 
ing assignments will prepare the students for the achievement of this goal. Class discus- 
sion will revolve around analysis of various types of primary sources, secondary sources, 
journal articles, issues of interpretation, and research methods. The course will also 
include several research trips to libraries, archives, historical societies, or local history 
collections. Writing process. Prerequisites: at least one of the following: History 103, 
104, 105, 125, 126 or 127; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

251. Histoiy and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of the 
great historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the course 
covers recent interpretations of American history. Prerequisites: at least one of the follow- 
ing: History 103, 104, 125, or 126; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

273. African Histoiy. A survey of African history from the origins of humanity until the 
present. Students learn more about the modern period, particularly the effects of the slave 
trade, colonialism, and neocolonialism on Africa. Special emphasis is given to the geno- 
cides in the Congo Free State at the end of the nineteenth century and in Rwanda at the 
close of the twentieth. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 

274. Colonial Latin America. Latin America from its prehistory to the end of independ- 
ence movements in the 1 820s. Topics will include early civilizations such as the Maya, 
Aztec, and Incas; the confrontation between the Amerindians and the European coloniz- 
ers; the development of Latin American societies under Portuguese and Spanish rule; 
slavery; the colonial economy; and finally, independence movements. Foreign studies. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 



96 History and Political Science 2006-2007 Catalog 



275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from the emergence of inde- 
pendent states, relationships with the United States and the modern regional distinctions. 
Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

303. Seminar on the History of South Africa. A seminar on the history of South Africa 
from the 1600s until the end of apartheid in the early 1990s. Topics include early colo- 
nization, conflicts between European settlers and natives and between the English and the 
Afrikaaner republics, the development of capitalism, the dynamics of black South 
Africans under apartheid, and the bloody struggle for and against national liberation in 
the early 1990s. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the 
instructor. History 273 is recommended. 3 credits. 

304. Seminar on the History of Brazil. A study of the history of Brazil from the colonial 
period through the present day. The primary focus will be on the period from the arrival of 
the Portuguese Court in 1 808 until the "abertura," or re-democratization of the 1 980s. Some 
of the topics that will be covered in the course include: 1) the historical development of the 
Brazilian nation-state and 2) the development of a Brazilian "national" culture. Thus recur- 
rent themes will include political organization and participation, economic growth and 
development, nationalism, authoritarianism and re-democratization, social organization and 
stratification, cultural production, and race relations. Foreign Studies. Prerequisites: Junior 
standing or permission of the instructor, History 274 or 275 is recommended. 3 credits. 

310. Seminar on World War I. This course provides an in-depth study of World War I. 
The topics covered include the causes of the war; the military history of the war; the 
social, economic, and cultural changes that resulted; the terms and consequences of the 
peace; and the ways in which the memories of the war were constructed. Although the 
course will focus on Europe where most of the war was fought, students will also exam- 
ine the impact of the war on Russia and Europe's overseas colonies. Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and one prior history course or permission of the 
instructor. 3 credits. 

312. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their inde- 
pendence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile 
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of 
the period disagree. Writing process. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and one 
prior history class or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

315. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led 
to a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and one prior history class or permission of the 
instructor. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for 
those preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the 
secondary level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of 
historical pedagogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, 
teaching techniques, the uses of technology, and student motivational techniques. 
Required for all history majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not 
count towards the major. Prerequisites: admission to the Citizenship Education 
Program. [Cross-listed as Political Science 360.] 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 97 



400. Internship. Field experience related to student's work, research interests, or gradu- 
ate school plans. A journal and paper in addition to field work are required. Students may 
take up to 6 credits per semester and up to 12 credits during the summer. Prerequisites: 
Junior or senior status; overall GPA of at least 2.5; completion of registration forms; 
approval of internship site by student's advisor prior to registration; approval of depart- 
ment chair. 3-12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar in History. Focus on a theme in histoiy such as World War I, the 
industrial revolution, or the Enlightenment. These topics will be approached from a vari- 
ety of perspectives (economic, political, or social for example) and from the viewpoint of 
many national histories. Class meetings will include discussion of course readings, 
research methods, and the historiography related to the theme of the course. Students will 
write a research paper on some aspect of the course topic utilizing a variety of primary 
and secondary sources and present their research to the class. Prerequisites: Senior histo- 
ry majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Political Science Program 

Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to 
them. Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough under- 
standing of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, and 
international politics. Twenty-four of the 39 credits in this major are taken in core require- 
ments, and the remainder consist of elective credits chosen by students in accordance 
with their interests. 

A degree in political science opens the door to a wide variety of careers. Political sci- 
ence majors have become lawyers, high school and junior high school teachers, college 
professors, journalists, law enforcement officers, business people, consultants, lobbyists, 
and government officials. The political science major is an integral component of the Pre- 
law, Criminal Justice, and Citizenship Education programs. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: ECN 101, 102; PSC 100, 110, 130, 210, 220, 498/499 and five additional elec- 
tive courses in political science (39 credits). 

Minor: PSC 100, 110, 130, 210, 220 and one elective course in political science 
(18 credits). 

Law and Society Minor 

The Political Science Department offers a law and society minor which can be taken 
alongside any major at LVC. The minor is an interdisciplinary program that introduces 
students to the American legal system through a study of the United States Constitution 
and its normative and political context. The program is expected to be of particular use to 
those students who intend to apply to law school. An internship and a capstone seminar 
in legal foundations are required for this minor. 

Degree Requirements: 

Minor: PHL 120; PSC 315, 316, 400, 497; and either PHL 215 or PHL/PSC 220 

(18 credits) 



98 History and Political Science 2006-2007 Catalog 



Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

100. Introduction to Political Science. This course is designed as a broadly-based 
introduction to the discipline of political science. It will acquaint students with the 
concepts, structures, trends, and belief systems that form the basis of political activity 
throughout the world. Those taking the course will leave with an enhanced under- 
standing of the multiple ideologies, institutions, issues, and actors that shape and drive 
politics. 3 credits. 

110. American National Government. This course provides a survey of key develop- 
ments, institutions, and issues in American politics. Topics include the ideas that shaped 
the original American political system, the presidency; Congress and federal courts; the 
operation of political parties and interest groups; domestic and foreign policy debates; 
and contemporary issues such as civil rights and affirmative action. 3 credits. 

130. International Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the study 
of international relations. The course hinges on a series of questions: Who are the princi- 
pal actors in the international system? What are the theoretical ways of discerning why 
these actors do what they do? How has the international system evolved into its present 
form? What are the central issues confronting the international system? 3 credits. 

142. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative 
and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret 
and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data 
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the 
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also 
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collections project. 
[Cross-listed as Psychology 130.] 4 credits. 

160. The Political System of Germany. This course introduces students to the political 
system of Germany, with emphasis on actual daily political events and the current polit- 
ical climate in Germany. Both foreign and domestic issues will be discussed, including 
topics such as the European Union, disarmament, unification, the environment and Neo- 
Nazism. Class time is divided between lecture and discussion of readings. Offered in the 
Cologne Program. 3 credits. 

210. Comparative Politics. This is an introduction to the study of comparative politics: the 
comparison of political systems in order to understand how and why these systems function 
differently. The course is built around three fundamental questions: What is comparative 
politics? What kinds of phenomena do we compare? What are the major theoretical 
approaches that guide our studies? We also examine distinctions between the "developing" 
and the "developed" worlds, and between authoritarian and democratic political regimes. 
Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia, 
Africa, and the Middle East. This class explores why some countries are "developed" and 
others not. The course examines some of the major explanations for development, both 
economic and political. Following an overview of each of the developing regions, the 
class will analyze some of the major issues facing developing nations today. Topics 
include democratization, religion and politics, ethnic conflict, women and development, 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 99 



and revolution. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 
Writing process. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

212. Politics of Latin America. The course is designed as an introduction to Latin 
American politics. We focus on two major trends that have characterized the region 
throughout its post-independence history: episodic waves of political democratization 
and democratic breakdown, and a common but changing series of economic systems. We 
also examine the political role played by the military, the quest for political equality 
among various groups in society, and the evolving political and economic relationships 
between Latin American states and the U.S. 

220. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of Western polit- 
ical thought from Classical Greece to modern times, examining the conceptual evolution 
of citizenship, civic obligation, and the nature of justice and exploring the connection 
between moral and positive law in the western tradition. Prerequisites: sophomore stand- 
ing or permission of the instructor. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 220.] 3 credits. 

230. Electing the President. This course uses the current presidential election as a case 
study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elections. The 
course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealignment to study 
the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and will attempt to 
place the current presidential election within its historical context. Prerequisites: sopho- 
more standing or permission of the instructor. [Cross-listed as History 230.] 3 credits. 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course describes the public policy process and analyzes 
various areas of substantive domestic policy at the national level. Topics covered include 
budgeting and taxation, education, health, welfare, and the environment. Prerequisites: 
sophomore standing and PSC 1 10 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The Presidency and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and 
Congress as institutions and as policy-making agents of the federal government. It will 
focus on the necessary and frequently confrontational interaction between these two polit- 
ical branches of government with special emphasis on separation of powers doctrine and 
constitutional law. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and PSC 1 10 or permission of the 
instructor. 3 credits. 

310. Comparative Political Institutions. Institutions are generally defined either as the 
structures of politics, or the rules of the political game accepted by all — or virtually all — 
important players. Traditionally, the most important of these political institutions are the 
constitution, the executive, the legislature, and the judiciary. In this course, we will exam- 
ine major political institutions from a comparative perspective. We consider cases in both 
the developed and developing worlds. Prerequisites: junior standing and PSC 210 or per- 
mission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

312. American Foreign Policy. This course offers a two-part examination of American 
foreign policy. The first part will be an extensive survey of U.S. foreign policy from its 
inception as a nation through today. A critical theme will be the U.S. tradition of unilat- 
eralism, not isolationism. The second part will examine the policy-making process itself. 



100 History and Political Science 2006-2007 Catalog 



focusing on the multiple actors and cross-cutting interests that comprise U.S. foreign 
policy decision-making. Writing process. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

315. Law and Government. This course uses key cases to study important doctrines 
established by the Supreme Court with respect to the structure and functions of the con- 
stitutional system (judicial, legislative and executive power and federalism). Students 
will also examine the Court's rulings concerning election law, voting rights, and consti- 
tutional protections of property rights and related contractual obligations. There is a par- 
ticular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices to 
apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. Prerequisites: sophomore 
standing or permission of the instructor. PSC 1 1 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

316. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights. This course uses key cases to study important 
doctrines established by the Supreme Court with regard to civil rights and civil liberties. 
Students will examine the Court's rulings concerning the establishment and free exercise 
of religion, protection of freedom of speech and of the press, privacy rights (abortion and 
sexual freedom), the rights of the accused in the criminal justice system, and the law gov- 
erning racial or sexual discrimination. The course places particular emphasis on various 
forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices to apply the Constitution in 
deciding cases and writing opinions. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of 
the instructor. PSC 1 10 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process in the United States, with 
emphasis on the role of parties, public opinion and interest groups. Prerequisites: PSC 
1 10, sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and 
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local rela- 
tions with the federal government. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and PSC 110 or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary 
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical ped- 
agogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, 
the uses of technology and student motivational techniques. Required for all political sci- 
ence majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count towards the 
major. Prerequisites: admission to the Citizenship Education Program. [Cross-listed as 
History 360.] 3 credits. 

370. Research Methods in Political Science. This is an introduction to the design and 
evaluation of political research: formulating clear hypotheses, developing appropriate 
measures, an analyzing data using simple statistical methods and qualitative techniques; 
emphasizes clear exposition of arguments, interpretations, and findings. Prerequisites: 
junior standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Field experience in a political science environment. Prerequisite: GPA 
of 2.50 in major and permission of department chair. 3-6 credits fall or spring semester; 
3-12 credits during the summer. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 101 



497. Seminar in Legal Foundations. This capstone seminar examines the historical and 
philosophical development of constitutional law in the United States; the seminar empha- 
sizes the dynamic relationship between the law and moral and political philosophy. The 
prerequisites for this course are junior or senior standing and completion of either PHL 
215 or PHL/PSC 220. Writing process. 3 credits. 

498. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors 
to pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the 
seminar is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research confer- 
ence hosted by a regional university. Prerequisites: Major in political science and junior 
or senior standing or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar in World Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors to pursue a research interest within the context of international politics. In addi- 
tion to a substantive research paper on an international subject, students will track con- 
temporary issues of the international community through weekly presentations and dis- 
cussions, Among the likely topics are terrorism; weapons of mass destruction; globaliza- 
tion; ecopolitics; women's rights; and political economy, among others. Students will 
present their papers at an undergraduate research conference hosted by a regional univer- 
sity. Writing process. Prerequisites: major in political science and junior or senior stand- 
ing and PSC 130 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Philip J. Benesch, assistant professor of political science. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in political philosophy, American government, and constitutional law. 

His research interests focus on political philosophy and especially the work of the 

philosopher Carl Popper, Marxist thought, and democratic theory. Other interests include 

an analysis of legal philosophy and especially the judicial process. 

James H. Broussard, professor of history. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concen- 
trate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He formerly served 
as executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

John Hinshaw, assistant professor of history. Director of the American Studies Program. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

He teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, African his- 
tory, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. He has 
written and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel industry 
and steel workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the United States. 

Diane E. Johnson, assistant professor of political science. 
Ph.D., University of Santa Barbara. 

She teaches courses in comparative politics, international relations, Latin American pol- 
itics, and third world politics. Her research focuses on the effects of globalization on 
media-state relations using Argentina as a case study. 



102 History and Political Science 2006-2007 Catalog 



Rebecca K. McCoy, associate professor of history. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches world civilization and specialized courses in European history. Her research 

focuses on the social, religious and political history of France from the 1 7th to the 1 9th 

century. Other teaching and research interests include the history of European women, 

20th-century Europe, and the development of nationalism and national identity. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history. 
M.A., Millersville University. 

He teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. political his- 
tory for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman and 
Kennedy- Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cultural and 
diplomatic history for the period since 1945. He is completing a Ph.D. at Temple 
University. 

Michael A. Worman, adjunct professor of political science. 
Ph.D. Florida State University. 

His teaching interests include American politics, state and local government, and public 
policy. He brings long experience in state and local government and educational admin- 
istration to the classroom. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 103 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered 
a rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The 
increasing national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even 
more attractive today. Actuaries, computer programmers, mathematics and computer sci- 
ence teachers, college professors, operations research analysts, and statisticians are in 
high and continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and problem-solving abil- 
ities developed in the study of mathematics are excellent preparation for numerous and 
varied areas of work and study. 

The department was cited in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publi- 
cation, Models That Work, for its exceptional program and for its service to students. It 
offers majors in actuarial science, computer science and mathematics; secondary teach- 
ing certification in mathematics; and minors in mathematics and computer science. 

Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, and 
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. 
Many graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actuaries or of 
the Casualty Actuarial Society. 

Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, athletics, 
musical organizations, and other activities. The department is always well represented in 
the list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities. There 
are two active student clubs, the Math Club and the Student ACM Chapter. 

The Mathematical Science Department also directs the computer engineering track in 
the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 25. 

Mathematics Program 

The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the department has a doctorate in some 
area of mathematics. Operations research analyst, computer support consultant, comput- 
er analyst, and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of some recent graduates. 
Other graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate school in 
areas such as economics, management, operations research, and statistics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 111,112,113,114, 202, 222, 251,261, plus five MAS courses numbered 200 
or above, including at most one of MAS 266, 270 or ASC 385; at least four of MAS 311, 
322, 325, 335, 371, 372, 390; and at least one of MAS 3 1 1 or 322. A 400 level ASC course 
may substitute for 335 and ASC 385 may substitute for MAS 266 or MAS 270 (37 credits). 

Mathematics majors are advised to take at least one computer science course or have 
equivalent experience. 

Minor: MAS 161, 162, 222 and either 25 1 or 202; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS 
courses numbered 200 or higher. One ASC course may be substituted for one of the elec- 
tive 200 or higher level math courses. (21 credits) 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

104 Mathematical Sciences 2006-2007 Catalog 



Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathemat- 
ics must complete: a mathematics major including MAS 270, 322, 325, and 360: CSC 
144; EDU 110; and SED 430, 431, 440. 

Courses in Mathematics (MAS): 

100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many 
introduce 20th century mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school cur- 
riculum. 3 credits. 

102. Pre-Calculus. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and 
trigonometry. 3 credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after completing 
MAS 111, 161, or the equivalent. 

Ill, 112. Analysis I, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students 
desiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing or 
MAS 102; MAS 1 1 1 is a prerequisite for MAS 112. Corequisites: MAS 1 13, 1 14. 4 cred- 
its per semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

113, 114. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college math- 
ematics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing or 
MAS 102. Corequisite: MAS 111, 112. 1 credit per semester. 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative 
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, linear 
programming, probability and interest. 3 credits. 

161, 162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation, 
integration and applications. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 is a 
prerequisite for MAS 162 or MAS 111.3 credits per semester. A student may not receive 
credit for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

/ 70. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive and inferential sta- 
tistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit for MAS 170 after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit for both 
MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory, and proof tech- 
niques. Prerequisites: MAS 25 1 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations, vec- 
tors spaces and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 261. 3 credits. 

251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and 
information sciences: logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction, rela- 
tions and finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

261. Calculus HI. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple integra- 
tion, vector fields and vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations. 
Prerequisites: MAS 162 or 1 12. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 105 



270. Intermediate Statistics. A more advanced version of MAS 170 intended for students 
with some calculus background. Similar to MAS 170 with more extensive content. 3 
credits. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

311. Real Analysis. Convergent and divergent series, limits, continuity, differentiability 
and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 25 1 . 3 credits. 

322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings and 
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geom- 
etries. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 25 1 . 3 credits. 

335. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques includ- 
ing linear programming, queuing theory, project scheduling, simulation and decision 
analysis. Prerequisites: MAS 202 or 222 or 25 1 . 3 credits. 

360. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course to ensure prospective 
mathemaics teachers at LVC are knowledgeable and competent in the aspects of teaching 
that pertain specifically to the teaching of mathematics in Pennsylvania schools, as 
defined in the PDE Standards. Study of educational theories, research, and practices in 
the context of actual use of the same. Taught as a lab course. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 
222; junior standing; EDU 1 10. 3 credits. 

363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root finding 
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations, 
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, simulation and optimization. 
Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: at least two of MAS 222, 251, 
and ASC 281 or junior standing. 3 credits. 

372. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of statis- 
tics including sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models and 
multivariate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

Actuarial Science Program 

Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics, 
finance and management to define, analyze and solve financial and social problems. 
Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, consulting firms, pension/benefit con- 
sulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial 
credentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelor's degree, result from completing 
the rigorous education and examination program administered by either the Casualty 
Actuarial Society or the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Science Program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 
1 960s and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, who is an Associate of the Society of 
Actuaries. With over 120 graduates working in the profession, including 44 fellows and 
30 associates, Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergraduate 
actuarial education programs in the East and the only full undergraduate program at a 
small liberal arts college. 

106 Mathematical Sciences 2006-2007 Catalog 



The College's actuarial curriculum is designed to help actuarial students prepare for 
the curricula of the professional actuarial societies initiated in the year 2000. The program 
introduces students to material on the first four examinations in the Society of Actuaries 
and Casualty Actuarial Society examination programs. 

The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least one 
actuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 100 percent placement record of Lebanon 
Valley College actuarial science graduates in professional actuarial positions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in actuarial science. 

Major: ASC 281, 385, 481, and one of 471, 472, 482; CSC 144; MAS 111, 112, 113, 
1 14, 202, 222, 261, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102; ACT 161 (49 credits). The Course 1/Part 1 
or Course 2/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial Society 
must be passed before senior standing is reached. 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

281. Probability for Risk Management An introduction to risk management in proper- 
ty/casualty and life insurance with emphasis on probability concepts. Prerequisite: MAS 
112. 3 credits. 

385. Mathematics of Finance I. Measurement of interest, time value of money, annuities, 
amortization and sinking funds, bonds, capitalized cost, net present value, yield rates, 
yield curves, duration, and immunization. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

386. Mathematics of Finance II. Term structure of interest rates, mean- variance portfo- 
lio theory, the capital asset pricing model, forwards, swaps, options, and option pricing. 

471. Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time series 
models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions 
and credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Corequisite: MAS 372. 
3 credits. 

481. Actuarial Mathematics I. Survival distributions, life insurance, life annuities, bene- 
fit premiums and reserves. Prerequisite: ASC 385. Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

482. Actuarial Mathematics II. Multiple life and decrement models, expenses, individ- 
ual and collective risk models, compound distributions, including applications. 
Prerequisites: ASC 385, 481. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 

Computer science is the study of what can be done with machines. This discipline is 
part mathematics, part engineering, part philosophy, part linguistics, and part experimen- 
tal science (without all the mess). 

Our computer science curriculum is distinguished primarily by two characteristics. The 
first is our emphasis on computer programming. Five of the required seven CS courses are 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 107 



primarily about programming, and programming plays an important role in most of the 
advanced courses. This emphasis develops strong analysis and problem-solving skills. 

The second characteristic of the computer science major is its decidedly mathematical 
nature. Our students take 19 credits of mathematics (seven courses), more than is typical 
of undergraduate CS programs. This math foundation gives our students an analytical 
background that applies broadly in their CS coursework, helping them become better pro- 
grammers and analysts. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in computer science. 

Major: CSC 143, 144,221, 253,282, 331, 332; two of 441 ,442,448,451,452,481,482; 
either 400 or 500; MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 270; one of ENG 210, ENG 216, 
BUS 285 (50 credits). 

Minor: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or above; MAS 
1 1 1 or 161 and MAS 1 12 or 162 or 270 (22 credits). 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required specifical- 
ly by number in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

122. Programming for Applications. Topics include algorithms, data types, graphical 
user interfaces, objects, event handlers, and database programming. This course does not 
prepare students for more advanced computer science courses, but it does satisfy the core 
requirement in computer programming for Digital Communications majors. We will use 
Visual Basic. 3 credits. 

143. Introduction to Computer Science. A broad introduction to the field of computer 
science. Topics covered include history, algorithms and problem solving, logic, hardware 
design, and programming. Intended for first-year Computer Science majors and others 
intending to take programming courses. 3 credits. 

144. Introduction to Programming (with Java). Foundational aspects of computer pro- 
gramming. Algorithms and data; control structures; the design of small programs. Class 
and object basics. Uses the Java programming language. 3 credits. 

221. C++ Language Primer. A 1 -credit, self-paced course in the basics of the C++ lan- 
guage. Revisits many of the topics from CSC 144 in this new language. Students will 
complete 5-10 short programming projects. Prerequisites: CSC 144 or permission. 1 
credit. Pass/fail only. 

245. Concepts of Networking and Database. This course has three distinct segments: 1) 
principles of computer networks and the Internet, 2) database design concepts, and 3) net- 
work database applications. Hands-on. Prerequisite: CSC 122 or 144 or permission of the 
instructor. 3 credits. 

253. Computer Architecture. The design and organization of a computer's processor, 
instruction set, and memory. Assembly language, interrupts and I/O devices. Caching and 
pipelining. Prerequisite: CSC 143, 144. 3 credits. 



108 Mathematical Sciences 2006-2007 Catalog 



282. Data Structures. Implementing, using, and analyzing such abstract structures as 
lists, stacks, queues, and trees. The design of abstract data types in C++. Prerequisites: 
CSC 143, 144, 221. 3 credits. 

331. Software Design I. A survey of modern techniques for designing complex software 
systems. Investigates both programming techniques and processes. Includes substantial 
programming projects that continue in CSC 332. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

332. Software Design II. A continuation of CSC 331. Must be taken in the semester 
immediately following CSC 331. Prerequisite: CSC 331. 3 credits. 

441. Operating Systems. Theory and practice of modern operating systems. Topics 
include memory management, file systems, scheduling, concurrency, distributed 
processes, and security. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 25 1 . 3 credits. 

442. Networks. Network design and implementation. Topics include layered network 
design, types of hardware, low-level protocols, packets, frames, routing, security, and so 
on. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

448. Databases. The theory, structure and implementation, and application of modern 
database systems. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

451. Theory of Programming Languages. Examines the design of computer program- 
ming languages and the tools that process them. Includes an examination of several cur- 
rent languages, and an introduction to the design and implementation of compilers. 
Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

452. Artificial Intelligence. An introduction to the field of Al. Topics include expert sys- 
tems, goal-seeking algorithms, neural networks, genetic algorithms, computer vision, lan- 
guage recognition. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 25 1 . 3 credits. 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from current areas 
of interest and research in Computer Science. Prerequisites: CSC 282, MAS 251. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Christopher J. Brazfield, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brazfield teaches mathematics and computer science. He oversees the department web 
site. His research interests are in the area of noncommutative algebra. He advises com- 
puter science and other department majors. 

J. Patrick Brewer, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brewer teaches mathematics. His graduate degree was earned in the area of algebra, and he 

is broadening his areas of expertise to include statistics and actuarial science. He is advisor 

for the Math Club. Professor Brewer advises mathematics and actuarial science majors. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 109 



Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Trained as 

an algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well with special interests in graphics, 

fractals, and applications of group theory. Professor Fry advises computer science majors. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Actuarial Science 
Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the 
academic actuarial community. He serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison representa- 
tive to the Mathematical Association of America and is a member of the Joint CAS/SoA 
Academic Relations Committee. Although his original mathematics interest was topolo- 
gy, his primary interests are now actuarial mathematics and finance. He advises actuari- 
al science majors. 

David W. Lyons, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Lyons has broad mathematical interests in the areas of geometry, topology, algebra, 
and computer visualization. He teaches mathematics courses and advises mathemat- 
ics majors. He also serves as master instructor and faculty advisor to the campus Tae 
Kwon Do Club. 

Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Townsend is a winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching. Trained as 
a numerical analyst, he has developed a wide range of other interests including 
introductory computer science. He advises mathematics majors interested in second- 
ary education. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, associate professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, 

Computer Science Program. 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 

Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and 

philosophy of science. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer 

science. He advises computer science majors. He is the advisor for the Association for 

Computing Machinery student chapter, and he advises computer science majors. 

Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 
M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students, espe- 
cially those with math anxiety. He teaches elementary statistics. He has won the Knisely 
Teaching Award. 



110 Mathematical Sciences 2006-2007 Catalog 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley 
College liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, 
motivate and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years 
results in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the var- 
ious roles of Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: writ- 
ten and oral communication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years 
will receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the U.S. Army, the U.S. Army 
Reserve, or the Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three 
months to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or 
who desire to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Military 
Science Department, 717-245-1221 or 888-356-3942, for further information. Course 
instruction is held at Millersville University. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the aca- 
demic year: rappelling, rifle qualification, leadership exercises, land navigation, orienta- 
tion trips, and formal social functions. Program participants may also apply for special 
training courses during the summer: airborne, air assault schools, and cadet troop leader 
training. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four-, three- and two- year scholarships, awarded 
strictly on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is val- 
ued at $17,000 a year. In addition to paying all or part of your tuition, the scholarship 
offers a stipend of $250^100 a month plus $600 a year for books. All scholarship 
recipients remain eligible for financial aid. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study pro- 
gram in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army 
ROTC Basic Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and ben- 
efits as a student enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eli- 
gible to participate. 

National Advanced Leadership Camp: The practicum consists of a five-week sum- 
mer training program at Fort Lewis, Wash. NALC stresses the application of military 
skills to rapidly changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make 
sound decisions, to direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals, 
and to meet the mental and physical challenges presented to them. Completion of NALC 
is required prior to commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and sen- 
ior years. Participants receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 



Lebanon Valley College Military Science 1 1 1 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of four areas: music, music 
business, music education, or music recording technology. Each student in the B.A. 
(MUS or MBS), B.M. (MRT), or B.S. (MED) programs is required to take a core of 
courses in music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course 
work particular to his or her area of interest. 

Music Program 

Music majors will exhibit proficiency at the piano and in voice. To achieve these pro- 
ficiencies, students take MSC 510, 51 1, 512, and 513, and/or 520. Precise requirements 
for the proficiencies and the recital attendance requirement are found in the Department 
of Music Student Handbook, and in the courses-in-music section of this catalog. Music 
majors (except music business students) will be in at least one major ensemble (identi- 
fied as Marching Band, Symphonic Band, College Choir, Concert Choir, or Symphony 
Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. All students may earn up to 12 credits for 
ensemble participation. They will enroll in private study on their principal instru- 
ment/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study 
in that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at 
the same time. 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career 
in music with a strong liberal arts background. Students in the jazz studies concentration 
will take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this require- 
ment. The theory/composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 
530 individual composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. Concentrations 
identified in the Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, voice, 
instrumental, sacred music, jazz studies, and theory/composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music (MUS). 

Majors: Core courses in three of the music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 
1 17, 1 18, 215, 217, 241, 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for all degree candidates. In addi- 
tion, music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each semester, exceptions 
noted previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600; 
Voice concentration: MSC 216, 233, 326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 316, 
351, and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred 
Music concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: 
MSC 201, 218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory /Composition concentration: MSC 
216, 315, 329, 416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 

Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 101, and three music literature courses from among 
the following: 100, 200, 201, 202, 241, 242, or 343. Minors also take MSC 530 for four 
semesters and must participate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 



112 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 



Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a 
wide range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimina- 
tion. Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and 
helps to develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of per- 
formance ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their per- 
formance readiness and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satis- 
factory/unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music 
designed to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

101. Fundamentals of Music. For music minors and non-music majors, an introduction 
to the rudiments of music: notation, key signatures, theory, aural theory and so forth. 
3 credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit. 

///. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides his or her own instrument. 1 credit. 

115. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmoniza- 
tion of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: audition for admission or permission from instructor. 2 credits. 

116. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh 
chords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 1 15 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

11 7. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and sim- 
ple harmonic progressions. Music core course. Prerequisite: audition for admission or 
permission from instructor. 2 credits. 

118. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef reading, modality, 
modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music core 
course. Prerequisite: MSC 117 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus 
on genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

201. Music of the United States. A historical survey of U.S. music emphasizing stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes 
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing process. 3 credits. 

202. World Musics. A general introduction to musical styles, compositional practices, and 
aesthetics of specific people groups within the Americas, Asia, and Africa. It discusses 
traditional, popular, and art music styles, and presents music intimately tied to value sys- 
tems and social practice. Foreign Studies. 3 credits. 

215. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary domi- 
nants, augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modula- 
tion. Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 1 16 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 3 



21 6. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th-century compositional techniques, including 
modal and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and 
various rhythmic and metric procedures. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of the 
instructor. 2 credits. 

21 7. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 1 1 8, emphasizing chromatic materials and 
more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 1 18 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvi- 
sion and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 115, 116, and 215. 2 credits. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, 
Italian and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice con- 
centration majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 
2 credits. 

241. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic develop- 
ments and illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. 
Music core course. 3 credits. 

242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western music 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic develop- 
ments and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music 
core course. 3 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 

306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 

315. Counterpoint Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
work in all the species. 2 credits. 

316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the key- 
board, transposition and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is 
required for admission to the course. 2 credits. 

326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching reper- 
toire. Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the 
works studied. 2 credits. 

327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching proce- 
dures in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy will 
be studied. 2 credits. 

328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and com- 
pound forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed 



114 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 




primarily upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural 
and visual analysis. Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 2 credits. 

329. Form and Analysis II. An advanced course in analysis, focusing on the methodolo- 
gies and concepts of music design originated by the Austrian theorist Heinrich Schenker. 
Emphasis is placed on the appropriate use of symbols and terminology in the reading and 
construction of graphs of complete tonal compositions. Prerequisite: MSC 328 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 2 credits. 

343. 20th Century Music. An advanced course in music history. Beginning with late- 
19th-century musical developments, the course continues chronologically through the 
20th century. Designed for music majors and interested non-majors who read music well. 
Prerequisite: MSC 242 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumen- 
tal groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. Prerequisite: 
MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and with- 
out baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 
Prerequisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

557. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earli- 
est times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various meth- 
ods of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical mate- 
rials for all levels are included. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Music 115 



401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of 
band and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 

403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory 
situation. 2 credits. 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the 
student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary 
to be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and 
the selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students. 
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scor- 
ing transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis 
on practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory 
analysis and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with the 
church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and tech- 
niques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 credits. 

510. Class Piano Instruction I. First course in the sequence designed for music majors 
with minimal piano skills in preparing for piano proficiency. 1 credit. 

511. Class Piano Instruction II. Second course in the sequence designed for music 
majors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 510 with a minimum of 
"C-" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

512. Class Piano Instruction III. Third course in the sequence designed for music majors 
in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 511 with a minimum of 
"C-" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

51 3. Class Piano Instruction IV. Fourth course in the sequence designed for music 
majors in preparing for piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MSC 512 with a minimum of 
"C-" or better, or permission of instructor. 1 credit. 

520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal vocal skills. 
Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit. 

540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits. 

600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is 
given for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distrib- 
uted over the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 



116 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 



Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all 
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for 
music education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the gen- 
eral education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open 
to all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrange- 
ments of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the 
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on 
occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open 
to all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1 . Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs 
chamber vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

61 0. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

615. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 
635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit. 

Music Business Program 

The Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (B.A.) is a liberal arts-based music busi- 
ness curriculum that builds on the strengths of current programs in business and music. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (MBS). 



Lebanon Valley College Music 117 



Music Business (B.A.): MSC 099 (8 semesters); 1 15, 1 16, 1 17, 1 18, 201, 241, 242, 510, 
51 1, 512, 513, 520 (1 semester), 530 (8 semesters), a music ensemble (8 semesters); MRT 
177, 373; MBS 371, 372, 400; ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 285, 371, 380; and ECN 101. 

Courses in Music Business (MBS): 

MBS 373. Music Industry Entrepreneurship. This course for music business majors 
explores entrepreneurship in the music industry. The class revolves around the creation of 
a practical music business and an accompanying detailed business plan that is submitted 
to a participating financial institution for review. Student teams also engage with actual 
music businesses to provide marketing, distribution, research, and other services. The 
class discusses techniques and practices of management, operations, marketing, and other 
skills needed to run a successful music business. Prerequisites: MBS 371 AND 372 
(taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

372. Music Copyright, Contracts, and Cash. An in-depth examination of publishing and 
recording contracts, music copyright law, and music licensing. Prerequisite: MBS 371 or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

373. Principles of Music Business. Explores issues related to trends in and the scope of 
music business: music merchandising, music publishing (including copyrights, licensing, 
contracts, distribution, and so forth); unions, promotion and other management issues. 
Prerequisites: MRT 371 and 372 (taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

40 0. Internship. Prerequisites: Completion of all program requirements and permission 
of the instructor. 3-12 credits. 

Music Education Program 

The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania 
Department of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of 
Music, is designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten 
through grade 12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music 
education major prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania 
Department of Education and are administered by competency jury. Students participate 
in student teaching in area elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as 
well as the student teaching semester, each student is responsible for transportation 
arrangements. During the student teaching semester, the candidate is not required to reg- 
ister for recital attendance, private lessons, or an ensemble. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education (MED). 

Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 335, 
336, 441, 442; MSC 216, 316, 416; EDU 1 10; PSY 120 (recommended), 180; two col- 
lege-level mathematics courses and one American or English literature course; and a 3.00 
cumulative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only 
one half-hour lesson in their principle performance medium during the student teaching 
semester if they are preparing a recital. This is accomplished by petition. 



118 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 



Courses in Music Education (MED): 

136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom compo- 
nent. 1 credit. 

220. Music in the Elementary School A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. [Cross-listed as Elemen- 
tary Education 220.] 3 credits. 

223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits. 

227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in appro- 
priate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 1 10 and permission. 1-3 credits. 

330. Woodwind Methods. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits. 

331. String Methods. A study of the string family. 2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education, 
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applica- 
tions, and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing process. 3 credits. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, 
and methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching 
band) from elementary through high school levels. 3 credit. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per 
week where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

441. Student Teaching: Instrumental. Music education majors spend a semester in the 
music department of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. 

Prerequisites: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.00 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 2003). 

(2) two college-level mathematics courses and one American or English literature 
course. 

(3) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries. 

(4) completion of music core courses and MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 
335, 336; MSC 216, 316, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 1 10. 

(5) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
College cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geo- 
graphic area. 8 or 4 credits. 

442. Student Teaching: Vocal. Same as MED 441. 8 or 4 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 119 



Music Recording Technology Program 

The Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (B.M.) is designed 
to prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording 
industries. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (MRT). 

Music Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 177, 219, 277, 278, 373, 374, 
377, 400, 474; MBS 371, 372; PITY 101, 102, 203, 212, 350; MAS 102 (or MAS 161). 

Courses in Music Recording Technology? (MRT): 

1 77. Survey of the Music Industry. This course is intended to expose freshmen MRT and 
MBS majors to the music industry overall and help them determine their choice of major. 
Class sessions will involve discussion, demonstration, and visits with MRT/MBS seniors 
who have completed their internships. 1 credit. 

219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed 
through class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing 
and discriminating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically 
to various production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

277. Recording Engineering I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio 
signal and acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and 
signal processing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and 
projects. Prerequisite: PHY 102 or permission. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Engineering II. Multitrack studio production techniques are further 
developed through class discussion, in-class recording sessions, and project assignments. 
Audio theory, processes, and issues are examined in-depth. Prerequisite: MRT 277, MRT 
majors only. 3 credits. 

373. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use and development of electron- 
ic music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis tech- 
niques, sampling and studio production integration. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission 
of instructor. 3 credits. 

374. Digital Audio. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications of digital 
audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed include: dig- 
ital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer-based 
recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media applications. 
Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

377. Recording Engineering III. A continuation of MRT 277/278, this 3rd course in the 
recording engineering sequence focuses on stereo recording, surround recording and 
mixing, and mastering. The emphasis is on listening critically for mic placement, under- 
standing hall acoustics, applying musical decisions during the recording process, explor- 
ing new directions in surround sound for music production, and developing a musical, 
artistic, and technical awareness of issues involved in mastering projects for commerical 
release. Prerequisite: MRT 278, MRT majors only. 3 credits. 



120 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 



400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and 
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. 
Prerequisites: permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken 
either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in 
the last semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework and music 
requirements are completed, allows students to relocate for the term. 

474. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and 
practiced. These include musicality, client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An indi- 
vidual emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, organi- 
zational and personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project. 
Prerequisite: MRT 374 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Johannes M. Dietrich, associate professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Consei"vatory of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods course, principles of conducting, and 

advanced instrumental conducting. He directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony 

Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles, and performs solo recitals. 

Scott H. Eggert, professor of music. 

D.M.A., Un iversity of Kansas. 

Eggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint, orchestration, and composition. 

He is active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

Eric Fung, assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., The Juilliard School. 

Fung teaches applied piano and courses in music and aural theory. He regularly performs 

as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Robert H. Hearson, professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 

A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music 

education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is 

founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the 

LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active 

as a performer, clinician, adjudicator and guest conductor. 

Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music. Director of the Music Recording Technology 
Program. 

M.M., New York University., D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 
A member of the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences and the Audio 
Engineering Society, Hill is responsible for developing curriculum, maintaining the on- 
campus recording studios, and teaching courses in the MRT program. As a recording 
engineer, he has a long list of album credits, including several national chart-placing sin- 
gles; his knowledge of music technology has been employed in record production, con- 
cert performances, theater sound design, theme park shows, system installations, work- 
shops, and seminars. For fun, he teaches a graduate course, entitled Psychology of Music 
Teaching and Learning, for the Master of Music Education Program at LVC. 

Lebanon Valley College Music 121 



Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges 

and supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC: The National 

Association for Music Education student chapter. 

Rebecca C. Lister, assistant professor of music. 

DM., Florida State University. 

Director of vocal studies, Lister teaches applied voice, vocal literature, pedagogy, and 

diction. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music. Chairperson. 
DMA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music edu- 
cation, and voice. Conductor of the Lebanon Valley College Concert Choir and Chamber 
Choir, Mecham also serves as adjudicator, clinician and consultant. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, associate professor of music. 
DMA., University of Iowa. 

Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ ped- 
agogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs the 
handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals, and advises the Sigma Alpha 
Iota chapter. 

Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

A musicologist by training, Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music 

history, topics courses, and form and analysis. 

Victoria Rose, instructor in music. 

MM. Towson State University. 

Teaching applied and class voice, Rose is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in Central 

Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. In 2003-2004, she will direct the College Choir. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, assistant director of the music recording tech- 
nology program. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 

He has designed curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for 
several artists, public schools, colleges, universities and technical schools. He has pro- 
duced, engineered and been a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, 
songs and recordings. 

Thomas M. Strohman, associate professor of music. Acting chairperson. 

MM., Towson State University. 

He is responsible for woodwind studies and jazz studies and directs the jazz ensembles. A 

founding member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, he has recorded for Columbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

DMA., University of Iowa. 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis, and 

piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

122 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 






Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B.A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Michelle L. Barraclough, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., The Catholic University of America. 

Teacher of applied flute, Barraclough also directs the Flute Ensemble and teaches flute 

literature and pedagogy. 

Beverly K. Butts, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Michigan State University. 

A well-known soloist, orchestral musician, and teacher in the region. Butts teaches 

applied clarinet, clarinet literature, and pedagogy courses. 

Marie- Aline Cadieux, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., Ohio State University. 

Visiting artist and active recitalist, Cadieux teaches applied cello. 

Christopher D. Campbell, adjunct assistant professor of music. 
DM. A., Shenandoah Conservatory of Shenandoah University. 
Music educator and performer, Campbell teaches applied instrument. 

John E. Copenhaver, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., West Chester University. 

Music educator and performer, Copenhaver teaches applied trumpet. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the Lebanon Valley 
College Low Brass Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a 
soloist and clinician. 

Suzanne D. Fox, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., University of Miami. 

A well-known music educator and performer in the region, Fox teaches French horn.oe 

Emily Y. Frantz, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M.T., Temple University. 

A professional music therapist and performer, Frantz teaches applied oboe. 

Ai-Lin Hsieh, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

DM. A., University of Maryland. 

Active cello recitalist, Hsieh teaches the fundamentals of music course. 

Linda W. Hummel, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Music educator and vocal performer, Hummel teaches Introduction to Music. 

Cheryl L. Kilhefner, adjunct instructor of music. 
MM., Westminster Choir College of Rider University. 
Kilhefner teaches class and applied piano. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 123 



Robin Lilarose, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., Elizabethtown College. 

An active performer in regional orchestras and chamber ensembles, Lilarose teaches 

applied flute. 

James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class guitar, 

guitar ensemble, and jazz theory. 

Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Andrew Roberts, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.M., Berklee College of Music. 

A well-known composer, arranger, keyboardist, and music director in the region, Roberts 

teaches jazz studies. 

Josh Tindall, adjunct instructor of music. 

B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Tindall teaches class and applied piano. 

Joe Trojcak, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.A., West Chester University. 

Trojcak owns Progressive Enterprises Sound Studios, a facility that provides audio pro- 
duction for music, corporate, and political clients. He has taught one of the MRT record- 
ing classes, is a seminar speaker for the program, and hosts many of our interns. 

Craig Underwood, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.M., Lebanon Valley College. 

Tom Volpicelli, adjunct instructor in music recording technology. 
B.A., Gettysburg College. 

A member of NARAS and AES, Volpicelli teaches the capstone Music Production 
Seminar course for the MRT program. He is CEO and president of The Mastering House, 
Inc., and has a long track record in the recording industry (notably live recording and mix- 
ing for the King Biscuit Flower Hour productions). His company offers mastering, 
authoring, production, and programming for multimedia and Internet-based applications. 

Julia P. Wagner, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., Ithaca College. 

A professional bassoonist, Wagner plays with several regional symphonies. 

Michael Wojdylak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.D.S., University of Maiyland. 

Wojdylak directs the College choir and teaches private voice lessons. 



124 Music 2006-2007 Catalog 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Although the College does not offer a major in physical education, two units of phys- 
ical education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits 
of good health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

Courses in Physical Education (PED): 

102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic move- 
ments. The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and 
weight control and heart rate monitoring. 

113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. 
About eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and 
weight control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement and flexibility training. 

123. Weight Training. This course is designed to educate the students to the proper tech- 
niques of weight training and different programs for both now and the future. 

124. Personal Training. Designed to teach participants how to analyze their current fit- 
ness level and create a safe and effective personal training program. Each individual will 
learn about their exercise and health history, muscular strength and endurance fitness, 
cardio-respiratory fitness, flexibility and body composition. 

125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf. 

135. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competi- 
tion used in racquetball. 

137. TaeKwon Do. Introduction to basic stances, blocks, strikes, and kicks with applica- 
tions to self defense. 

146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in sin- 
gles and doubles. 

148. Rugby. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics of Rugby. Students must 
attend 14 hours of practice and are required to play a total of 160 minutes during games. 

160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

162. Water Exercise. Includes water- walking, water running and other aerobic water exer- 
cises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve strength 
and cardiovascular endurance. 

168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding pro- 
gram is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge nec- 
essary to keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After success- 
fully completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer ( 1 year certification) 



Lebanon Valley College Physical Education 125 



i TMf 


Mi 




1 


• 1 c 


J 


Si 




1 




•i E- 


l| 


III 


in 


•! : 


! 


[ HB 


V 


lli 


1* 


i .' 


Iji - 






769. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 
Swimming and Water Safety courses: 

Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 
Basic Water Safety 
Emergency Water Safety 
Water Safety Instructor Aide 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading. 

Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list 
of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by 
taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical edu- 
cation unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a var- 
sity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science (Army 
ROTC cadets only). Students must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semes- 
ter of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 

Allan G. MacCormack, program director. 

M.S., Ithaca College. 

He is the coach of the ice hockey team and the director of the physical education program. 

O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. 

M.A. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University. 

He instructs the fitness classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse rate and recovery, 

strength testing devices, and workout charts. He also instructs bowling, racquetball and 

skiing and team activities such as softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic 

program are track and field (indoor and outdoor) and cross country. 



126 Physical Education 



2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Health Science Program 

This curriculum shall only be completed by students enrolled in the six-year Doctor 
of Physical Therapy (DPT) program. At the end of four years of study, students enrolled 
in the DPT program will receive a Bachelor of Science in health science. In order to pro- 
ceed into the professional phase of the DPT program, students must maintain: (1) a min- 
imum cumulative 3.0 GPA in all coursework; (2) a minimum cumulative science GPA of 
2.5 (the required biology, chemistry, physics, PHT311 courses), and (3) no individual 
science grade lower than a C (courses may be repeated only once to meet this require- 
ment). All required courses must be taken for a grade except for PHT 310 and PHT 460 
which are pass/fail. See the Physical Therapy Handbook and Clinical Education Manual 
for detailed information. Departmental students not meeting these requirements at the 
end of the third year may complete their senior or fourth year requirements and graduate 
with the health science major but may not continue into the professional (graduate) phase. 

Required pre-professional course work includes completion of the general education 
program and major requirements including 18 credit hours in a cognate discipline or 
minor of choice. 

Doctor of Physical Therapy degree requirements can be found on page 169. 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accredited 
by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health science. 

Major: BIO 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14, 222; CHM 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 14; PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 
or 270, or PSY 130; PSY 1 1 1 or 1 12; SOC 110 or 120; PHT 311,41 1, and a choice of 
three of the following: 412, 414, 416, 418. (52-53 total credits). 

N.B. PHT 41 1, a 5-credit summer course, is optional for students not continuing in the 
professional phase. In lieu of PHT 411, students may select two courses from the follow- 
ing list: BIO 212, 304, 305, 306; PSY 120, 235, 265, 346, 378, SOC 324, or other cours- 
es as agreed upon with the department. 

No minor is offered in health science. 

Courses in Health Science (PHT): 

202. Comparative Health Care Professions and Systems. An independent study course 
to be completed while enrolled in the Study Abroad Program. Students compare the 
health care system in the visited country with the complex system present in the United 
States of America. Writing process. 3 credits. 

31 0. Medical Terminology. Examines terminology used by health care providers in clin- 
ical health care delivery, exploring medical word structure, terminology applicable to all 
body systems, and medical abbreviations. 1 credit. 

311. Fundamentals of Anatomy. This course is designed to introduce students to the 
basics of human anatomy. The course will cover human muscle origins, insertions, and 
actions as well as describing in depth systemic anatomy of the skeletal, circulatory, 
respiratory, renal, reproductive, and nervous systems. The course will use a traditional 



Lebanon Valley College Physical Therapy 127 



lecture format and a weekly laboratory session using ADAM computer imaging anatomy 
software. Prerequisite: BIO 1 12 and permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

402. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice I. Introduces professional- 
phase students to key professional, ethical, and practice issues, including communica- 
tion. 3 credits. 

404. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice II. Continued study of profession- 
al ethical and practice issues, and patient care documentation. Theories of teaching and 
learning are introduced as a basis to understand the learning process and to investigate 
patient education in physical therapy practice. 2 credits. 

411. Human Anatomy. Explores human neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, pulmonary, 
and integumentary systems. Laboratory exercises include cadaveric dissection. Prerequisite: 
GPA greater than 3.0. 5 credits. 

412. Psychosocial Aspects of Disease and Disability. A survey course of the psychoso- 
cial implications of illness and disability. Specific attention is given to cultural differ- 
ences, adjustment models, family stress from caregiving, family violence, and normal 
grieving processes. 3 credits. 

414. Pathophysiology. Examines basic human pathology and medical principles, includ- 
ing, but not limited to, inflammation, infection, systemic conditions, diagnostic imaging, 
genetics, and clinical laboratory tests. 4 credits. 

416. Biomechanics and Kinesiology. Examines tissue and joint structure and function, and 
the mechanical principles involved in human motion. The laboratory portion will introduce 
students to the basics of postural and gait assessment. Prerequisite: PHT 312. 4 credits. 

418. Exercise Science. Examines skeletal muscle structure and function and cardiovascu- 
lar, respiratory, and neuromusculoskeletal physiology related to physical activity and 
exercise in general and special patient/client populations. Current methods of nutritional 
and physical assessment will be evaluated. 3 credits. 

420. Neuroscience. Examines the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and 
introduces students to concepts of neural dysfunction. Laboratory sessions will concen- 
trate on neuroanatomy using wet brain dissection and atlas images. 2 credits. 

430. Musculoskeletal I. First of a two course sequence providing an in depth study of the 
evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of musculoskele- 
tal pathology and/or injury. This first component of the two course sequence will empha- 
size the upper and lower limbs, with an introductory component to the spine. 4 credits. 

432. Clinical Examination. An introduction to the tests and measurements used by phys- 
ical therapists in the clinical and research settings. Laboratory sessions will provide the 
student with an opportunity to integrate concepts and apply the therapeutic interventions 
discussed in lecture. 4 credits. 

434. Clinical Interventions I. First of a two course sequence designed to instruct students 
in the use of therapeutic modalities to affect change in human tissues. Laboratory exer- 
cises include applying modalities, gait training with various devices, and therapeutic exer- 
cise. 4 credits. 



128 Physical Therapy 2006-2007 Catalog 




450. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry Physical Therapy I. Provides a critical apprecia- 
tion of basic science, clinical, and grounded theory research to the evolution of physical 
therapy as an evidence based clinical health professional discipline. 2 credits. 

460. Clinical Education and Practice I. Four- week full-time clinical placement in a local 
ambulatory or out-patient setting where students begin to utilize skills and implement 
evaluative techniques in the clinical decision making process. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Philip J. Blatt, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., University of Miami. 

He teaches neuromuscular physical therapy and neuromuscular rehabilitation. His research 

is focused on developing novel therapeutic approaches and investigating improvements in 

functional outcomes in patients with visual-spatial inattention or neglect. 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Hahnemann University 

He teaches pathophysiology, advanced neuroscience, and differential diagnosis. His research 

interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative diseases. 

Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential diag- 
nosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses effica- 
cy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Physical Therapy 129 



Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education. 
M.H.A., Tlte Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical education 
course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research interests 

include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satisfaction. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ed.D., Idaho State University. 

She teaches Pediatrics and Health promotion. Her research interests are related to school- 
based physical therapy practice and infant/toddler development. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, and pharmacology. Her research interests 

include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors such as sodium 

appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance. 

Penelope L. Samuelson, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches clinical examination and the clinical interventions course series. Her research 

interests include factors affecting patient satisfaction and instruction of injury prevention, 

patient teaching, and outcome data analysis. 

Kevin Basile, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., University of Delaware. 



130 Physical Therapy 2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 

Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement 
of experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at 
Lebanon Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws 
dealing with motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and 
nuclear structure, and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as 
physicists and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other possi- 
bilities include technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue their 
professional training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to other 
professional schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

During the renovation of the Neidig-Garber Science Center, the Physics Department 
offices and laboratories are located on the basement level of Lynch. Students majoring in 
physics also have the opportunity to use equipment (e.g., electron microscope and nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer) maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as 
paid laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research/internships, and partici- 
pate in the local chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportuni- 
ties, supported by college funds or external grants, are available for physics students. 

The requirements for the physics major, like other majors at LVC, are designed so stu- 
dents can study abroad for one semester (typically in their junior or senior year). Hence, 
students can combine their study of physics with the richness of an international experience 
by participating in any college-wide study-abroad program (e.g., New Zealand Program). 

The Physics Department also directs the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see 
Cooperative Programs, page 25. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 111, 112, (or 101, 102 or 103, 104 with permission), 211, 311, 312, 321, 
322, 327,328 and four additional semester hours above 211; MAS 161, 1 62, 26 1 and 266 
or MAS 1 1 1, 1 12, 261 and 266 (43^7 credits). 

Minor: PHY 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 (or 1 1 , 1 02 or 1 03, 1 04), 211, plus 6 credits in physics above 211; 
MAS 111 or 161 (21-23 credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking 
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in education and the sci- 
ences. Contact the department for the courses required. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics audits Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the impor- 
tant concepts of physics, both classical and modern, and with the scientific method, its 
nature and its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relation- 
ships to other disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two- 
hour laboratory period provides experience in the acquisition, representation and, analy- 
sis of experimental data and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the 
course deals. 4 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Physics 1 3 1 



101, 102. Fundamentals of Physics I, II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure with laboratory work in each area. 
Emphasis and applications appropriate for music recording technology majors. 4 credits 
per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 101 (or equivalent) for PHY 102. 

103, 104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and 
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 
4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 103 (or equivalent) for PHY 104. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, 
designed for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. 
Calculus is used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the 
second semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161. 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 
1 1 1 (or equivalent) for PHY 1 12. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 
systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars, and galaxies. Laboratory work 
required. [Cross-listed as Earth and Space Science 1 20.] 4 credits. 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves and 
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical 
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 1 12 or 
permission. 3 credits. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modern physics, including special 
relativity, the foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic 
nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. 
Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112, MAS 1 1 1 or 161 or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, includ- 
ing diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and 
integrated circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 1 12, 
or permission. 4 credits. 

261. Introduction to Computational Physics. An introduction to the approximate numer- 
ical solution of physical problems with computers. The course focuses on problems from 
mechanics, electromagnetics, and quantum mechanics that are not analytically solvable. 
Topics include realistic projectile motion, planetary motion, and electromagnetic fields 
produced by charge and current distributions. Prerequisites: PHY 102, 104, or 112 and 
MAS 111 or 161. 3 credits. 

302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems and 
fiber optics. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

132 Physics 2006-2007 Catalog 




304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and sec- 
ond laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engineer- 
ing are included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. 
Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 1 12. 3 credits. 

311, 3 12. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including the 
motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles and the motion of a rigid 
body. Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler descrip- 
tion of rigid body motion and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are 
among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 1 1 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag- 
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems. 
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current 
circuits, the Maxwell field equations and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are 
among the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 1 12 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the areas of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear 
physics, with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques and analysis of 
data. Prerequisite: PHY 211. PHY 328 is writing process. 1 and 2 credits per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunica- 
tions industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, modulation 
and transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are empha- 
sized. Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs and problems in the teaching of 
physics in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Physics 133 



421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modern physics, uti- 
lizing the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such 
systems as potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator and the hydrogen atom. 
Perturbation techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are intro- 
duced where appropriate. Prerequisites: PHY 21 1 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 cred- 
its per semester. 

428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the atomic force microscope, the 
scanning electron microscope and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. Through 
laboratory exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use and appli- 
cation of these instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced students in 
the sciences or technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoreti- 
cal physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science, and the teaching 
of physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent one year 
teaching in China. In 1999, he received the Vickroy Award for distinguished teaching. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion-bom- 
barded surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests 
include electronics and experimental design. Recently, Hurst was awarded an National 
Science Foundation grant in atomic force microscopy. 

Scott N.Walck, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral research, University of Rochester and Naval 
Research Laboratory. 

He enjoys mathematical physics and quantum mechanics. Walck studies quantum infor- 
mation theory, particularly the theory of quantum entanglement, and collaborates with 
students in this research. The aesthetic appeal in mathematical descriptions of physical 
reality drives his interest in physics. 

Allen C. Boyer, adjunct instructor of physics 

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University. 

Thesis research was on superconducting properties of the metal tantalum. Served as the 

science coordinator for Manheim Township School District developing curricula and 

laboratories. Interests include science education and inquiry oriented approaches to 

teaching physics. 

Thomas G. Hollingsworth, adjunct instructor in physics. 

M.S., Gonzaga University. 

He is a retired U.S. Air Force command pilot with extensive experience in aviation. He 

manages a variety of the departmental outreach programs and is a member of the Hershey 

School Board. His interests include secondary education, introductory college physics, 

and atomic force microscopy. 



134 Physics 2006-2007 Catalog 



W. R. Miller, Jr., adjunct professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Experience includes industrial and university research and teaching in experimental solid 

state physics. Current interests including mathematical physics and the history of physics 

with an emphasis on Leo Szilard. 

Earth and Space Science Program 

Two courses in earth and space science are offered to acquaint students with the phys- 
ical aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to earth and space sci- 
ence as a discipline. These courses are recommended for all students who wish to broad- 
en their understanding of the world. 

Courses in Earth and Science (ESS): 

110. Principles of Geology. An introduction to the dynamic Earth and the interrelations 
of both the internal and external processes which shape it. This course offers an overview 
of the history and evolution of Earth in the context of plate tectonics. It explores the 
nature of volcanoes, earthquakes, mountain building processes, weathering, erosion, and 
the various origins and compositions of Earth materials. Opportunities for hands-on 
inquiry are provided for the student in both the laboratory and in the field. 4 credits. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 
systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars and galaxies. Laboratory work 
required. [Cross-listed as Physics 120.] 4 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Physics 135 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

The Psychology Department at Lebanon Valley College seeks to foster the development 
of a thoughtful, flexible, and scientific approach toward human behavior, guided by critical 
analyses of empirical research. Our curriculum is a student-oriented, liberal arts program 
that prepares students, following graduation, for applied entry positions in the work force, 
or for graduate studies in a range of areas such as psychology, neuroscience, social work, 
medicine, business, education, and law. The program allows our students to arrive at a thor- 
ough understanding of processes underlying behavior, with a broader goal of applying this 
knowledge to one's own life and society in general. This goal is consistent with the mission 
of the College, which is to enable "students to become people of broad vision, capable of 
making informed decisions and prepared for a life of service to others." 

The department offers students the benefits of a strong classroom-based traditional 
background in a variety of behavioral subdisciplines, along with providing opportunities 
to become involved in the field of psychology in an applied manner. Many psychology 
majors gain practical knowledge through (1) participation in independent and collabora- 
tive research projects under the guidance and supervision of individual faculty members, 
as well as (2) our extensive internship program, which allows students to receive college 
credit for work experience relevant to their particular interests within the field of psychol- 
ogy. Overall, the Department of Psychology at Lebanon Valley College offers the "best 
of both worlds": experiences and facilities usually associated only with larger universi- 
ties, along with individualized instruction and advisement characteristic of small liberal 
arts institutions. 

Psychology Program 

The psychology program requires all majors to complete a minimum of 42 credits of 
psychology coursework. All majors initially complete several foundation courses, which 
include introductions to a vast array of subfields within psychology, as well as laborato- 
ry-based exposure to the nature of research design and analysis. Students then complete 
courses within each of five critical psychological subdisciplines (human development, 
psychopathology, biopsychology, cognition, and social processes), which include addi- 
tional, advanced, lab-based research. Finally, all majors complete an integrative capstone 
experience, which includes coursework surveying the history of psychology, as well as 
the completion of an individualized internship or research project. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one course from 325, 333, 347, 364, or 379; 
one course from 400, 410, 420, or SED 440; an additional 6 PSY credits. Students must 
also complete one course from each of the following five core areas: biopsychology: 280, 
285, 378; cognition: 250, 260, 363; human development: 230, 235, 324; social processes: 
240, 245, 247, 255, 346; psychopathology: 265, 268, 270, 332. (42-52 credits). 

Minor: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, and 130; 6 credits at the 200-level or higher; 3 credits at the 
300-level. (23 credits). 



136 Psychology 2006-2007 Catalog 




Courses in Psychology (PSY): 

111. General Psychology I. This survey course examines the relationship between 
research and theory in the field of psychology. A brief review of the history of psychol- 
ogy allows students to understand the evolution of the discipline. The remainder of the 
course provides an overview of the basic research areas of psychology, including physio- 
logical psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, language and cogni- 
tion, and human development. 3 credits. 

112. General Psychology II. This survey course examines the relationship between 
research and theory in the field of psychology, with emphasis on the field of applied psy- 
chology. Individual and societal influences on physical and psychological health will be 
examined. Topics will include psychological testing, personality theory, intelligence, moti- 
vation and emotion, social behavior, and psychological disorders and treatment. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. An introduction to psychology as a sci- 
ence, emphasizing laboratory research. Students complete literature reviews, design and 
conduct a psychological experiment, perform data analysis and interpretation, and review 
scientific ethics. In addition, subdisciplines of psychology, and methodology specific to 
each, are explored. Writing process. 4 credits. 

130. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative 
and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret 
and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data 
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the 
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also 
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collection project. 
[Cross-listed as Political Science 142.] 4 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Psychology 137 



180. Child Development and Education. A survey of major ideas in child development 
and educational psychology, with an emphasis on classroom applications. Topics include 
human development, intelligence, language, learning, memory, motivation, social and 
cultural contexts of development, and assessments. 3 credits. 

199. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to help clarify students' interests and 
long-term plans in the field of psychology. Topics include identifying the academic and inter- 
personal abilities necessary to become a successful student at the undergraduate level and 
beyond, reviewing the broad skills and values related to different careers in psychology, 
preparing students for the different elements of job searching and applying to graduate 
school, exploring employment options in psychology available to individuals with bachelor's 
and graduate degrees, and reflecting on one's own skills/interests to develop a general career 
plan for their post-collegiate life. This is a pass/fail course for all students. 1 credit. 

230. Psychology of Adolescent Development A study of the psychological characteris- 
tics and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological develop- 
ment, social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, identity and self-concept, 
sexual development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, or 130. 3 credits. 

235. Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. A study of research, literature, and 
theories concerned with psychological change in the adult, from early adulthood to 
death. Current research methods and findings are covered in the areas of physical, 
cognitive, personality, and social changes in the adult years. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

240. Organizational Psychology. Psychological principles applied to organizational 
behavior. Topics include individual factors (personality, attitudes, perceptions), group 
dynamics, personnel selection and training, communication, leadership, ergonomics and 
organizational change. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

245. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, with emphasis on psycho- 
analysis, humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. Writing process. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspectives on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the 
examination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in biolog- 
ical, behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also involve a 
critical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in the broad- 
er society. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

248. Health Psychology/Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an introduc- 
tion to health psychology /behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychology in 
the health field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between psycholog- 
ical factors and physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. The study of 
behavioral medicine will include treatment of stress and stress-related disorders, preven- 
tive health behaviors and factors related to adherence of treatment programs. It also 
explores the psychological connections of pain and pain management, and how personal 
control is related to both health and the disease process. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, 
or 130. 3 credits. 

138 Psychology 2006-2007 Catalog 



250. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. Surveys structures and functions of, and 
research strategies to examine, the various sensory systems with particular emphasis on 
the visual system. Physiological, psychological and philosophical aspects of perception 
are discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

255. Evolutionary Psychology. This course is an approach to psychology in which 
knowledge and principles from evolutionary biology are used to research the structure of 
the human mind. Topics will include the adaptive problems of survival, mating, parent- 
ing, kinship, cooperation, warfare, and conflict between the sexes. Prerequisites: PSY 

111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

260. Learning and Memory. This course explores various processes involved in knowl- 
edge acquisition, storage, and retrieval. Specific topics include associative learning 
mechanisms, the impact of reinforcement and punishment on behavior, generalization 
and discrimination, memory encoding, long-term memory storage and retrieval, memo- 
ry distortions, and the sources of individual differences in learning and memory. 
Prerequisites: PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

265. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnor- 
mal intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

268. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist per- 
sons and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group thera- 
py, marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 

112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

270. Forensic Psychology. This course will focus on three critical areas that fall under the 
umbrella of forensic psychology. First, students will be introduced to the area of legal 
psychology, including applied empirical research on issues important to the legal system 
such as eyewitness accuracy, police selection, jury decision making, and legal assump- 
tions about human behavior relevant to the rights of defendants, victims, children, and 
consumers of mental health services. Second, the area of psychological jurisprudence will 
be explored by studying efforts to develop a philosophy of law and justice based on psy- 
chological values. Third, students will be introduced to the concepts generally thought of 
as forensic psychology, such as criminal profiling, insanity defense, competence to stand 
trial, and child custody decisions. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or PSH 111. [Cross-listed as 
Sociology 270.] 3 credits. 

280. Introduction to Neuropsychology. This course serves as an introduction to the con- 
tent areas and methodology of neuropsychology, the study of the relationships between 
brain function and behavior. Topics include basic communication in the nervous system, 
organization and function of sensory and motor systems, hemispheric specialization, 
localization of function, brain injury and plasticity, and issues associated with neuropsy- 
chological assessment. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

285. Introduction to Psychopharmacology. This course surveys the most commonly 
used substances to treat mental disorders, such as antianxiety, antidepressant, anti- 
psychotic, mood-stabilizer, psychostimulant, and cognitive enhancer medications. The 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 139 



course also discusses the brain and its most common neurotransmitters, how transmitting 
neurons send and receive electrochemical information, the pharmokinetics (metabolism 
and elimination) and pharmacodynamics (absorption, distribution, and effects) of each 
drug, as well as the action sites, side effects, and mechanisms of each drug. Prerequisites: 
PSY 1 1 1, 1 12, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

290-298. Special Topics. 1-6 credits. 

324. Psychology of Child Development. This course provides a broad foundation for 
understanding child development through an integration of practical, theoretical, and 
research orientations. Attention is given to both cultural and biological determinants of 
social, cognitive, physical, and emotional development, focusing on individual differ- 
ences as well as group similarities. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

325. Child Development Laboratoiy. The course will provide students with experience 
planning (including IRB approval), observing, measuring, and analyzing child behavior 
using the methods employed by developmental researchers. This is intended to supple- 
ment the theory and research background they receive in PSY 324. Prerequisites: PSY 
111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled 
in PSY 324. 1 credit. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. An introduction to the principles of psycho- 
logical measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and inter- 
pretations of existing psychological tests. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

333. Psychological Testing and Assessment Laboratoiy. Students will be given the oppor- 
tunity to experience how psychological tests are designed and evaluated. Each student will 
conduct a literature review on their selected topics, and then design, construct, distribute, 
and evaluate the validity/reliability of a psychological test instrument consistent with a 
research theme that will change every year. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; stu- 
dents must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 332. 1 credit. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics cov- 
ered may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person per- 
ception, attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 
and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

347. Social Psychology Laboratory. This course is intended to provide students with 
hands-on experience in the types of survey design, observational research, and lab-based 
experimentation consistent with group behavior, interpersonal relationships, and the 
interaction between social issues and popular culture. The course culminates in the pres- 
entation of data from students 1 original research within social psychology. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 1 12, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently 
enrolled in PSY 346. 1 credit. 



140 Psychology 2006-2007 Catalog 



360. The Teaching of Social Science in Secondary Schools. This course is designed for 
students seeking certification to teach social science courses (psychology, sociology, and 
anthropology) at the secondary school level. Under the supervision of College faculty, 
students will be responsible for preparing lecture and lab materials, teaching selected top- 
ics, and preparing, administering, and evaluating course assignments and exams. 1 credit. 

363. Cognitive Science. This course explores the human mind by integrating philosoph- 
ical, psychological, and biological perspectives on the nature of thought processes. 
Specific topics discussed in this framework include attention, perception, consciousness, 
memory, language, reasoning, intelligence, and thought-related dysfunctions. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

364. Cognitive Science Laboratoiy. This is an advanced, hands-on seminar in cognitive 
science, which will allow students to explore a preferred interest in human thinking via 
laboratory research. Students will review the literature on their chosen topic, design an 
experiment addressing this issue, and then collect and analyze the data from their exper- 
iment. The course culminates with an oral and written presentation of their research. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or 
be currently enrolled in PSY 363. 1 credit. 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological basis (substrates) of behavioral 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors, emotion and psychopathology. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. [Cross-listed 
as Psychobiology 378.] 3 credits. 

379. Physiological Psychology Laboratory. Students will be introduced to methods used 
in the study of the nervous system and its influence on behavior. Lab work will include 
collecting, analyzing, and reporting data from physiological studies, as well as sheep brain 
dissection and stereotaxic neurosurgery. In addition, students must complete an APA style 
proposal for an individual research project. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; stu- 
dents must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 378. 1 credit. 

400. Internship. This course focuses on practical and professional work experience relat- 
ed to the student's work or research interests or graduate school plans. Internships are lim- 
ited to off-campus sites only. Students should not take more than six credits per semester. 
This will be a pass/fail course for all students. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and 
at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher; overall GPA of at least 2.5; com- 
pletion of departmental form; approval of internship site by student's adviser prior to reg- 
istration. 1-12 credits. 

410. Independent Laboratory Research. This advanced seminar allows students to 
explore their own research-based interests in psychology via the completion of a labora- 
tory experiment on a psychological topic of their choosing. Students will review the lit- 
erature on their topic in an integrative manner, formulate a novel experiment that address- 
es some aspect(s) of their chosen discipline, collect and analyze data for their experiment, 
and then present their findings in the form of a conference-style oral presentation and a 
complete APA-style research manuscript. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 1 12, 120, 130, at least 
6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the course instructor 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 141 



prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research topics. Students 
may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent laboratory research in any 
one semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent laboratory research may be 
used toward the graduation requirements. 3 credits. 

420. Independent Reading. This is an advanced seminar in psychological science, where 
all students will research topics on the same specified theme, selected by the instructor 
(this theme will be different with each offering of the course). Students will produce an 
integrative literature review of their issue and develop some conclusions about their topic, 
then present their insights in both oral and written forms. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the 
course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research 
topics. 2 credits. 

443. History and Theory. A study of the history of psychology, including philosophical 
precursors to psychology, early and modern schools of thought within psychology, impor- 
tant trends, and famous psychologists. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and at least 
6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Deanna L. Dodson, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in psychobiology and experimental psychology. Her current 
research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and developmental 
patterns in lateralization. 

Louis B. Laguna, associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

His teaching interests are in clinical, community, experimental, and forensic psychology 

and psychopharmacology; he also supervises internship students. His research interests 

involve anxiety disorders, cognitive behavioral therapy, and clinical applications of 

biofeedback. 

Lou Manza, associate professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive processes, research design and analysis, the his- 
tory of psychology, and paranormal phenomena. His research interests focus on the 
development of pseudoscientific beliefs, as well as implicit learning and memory. 

Heather Mitchell, visiting assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests include learning and memory, cognitive science, statistics, research 
methods, introductory psychology and psychology of language. Her primary research 
interests are discourse processes, humor studies, learning, tutoring, creativity, intelli- 
gence, and problem solving. 



142 Psychology 2006-2007 Catalog 



Kerrie D. Smedley, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

Her teaching interests include child and lifespan developmental psychology and educa- 
tional psychology. Her research interests include cognitive aging, technology and older 
adults, and worry and regret across the life span. 

Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental, neuropsychology and abnormal psychology. 

He is a staff psychologist at a local Veterans Administration hospital. 

Danielle L. Cohen, visiting assistant professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of London. 

Her teaching interests include evolutionary psychology, experimental psychology, social 
psychology, and general psychology. Her research focuses on the influence of develop- 
mental history and current ecological conditions on individual differences in mating (and 
parenting) behaviors within a modern evolutionary framework. 

Wayne David Schmoyer, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 

Psy.D., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine. 

His teaching interests are in clinical psychology and neuropsychology. He is on staff at 

Riverside Associates., P.C., in Harrisburg, PA. 

McKenzie L. Walker, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 
M.S., Miller sville University. 

Her teaching interests are in developmental psychology, clinical psychology and abnor- 
mal psychology. She is a mental health therapist at Philhaven Behavioral Health in 
Mount Gretna, PA. 

Jamie M. Wesloskie, adjunct lecturer in psychology. 

M.S., Miller sville University. 

Her teaching interests are in clinical psychology, personality theories, psychopathology, 

social psychology, and child development and education. She is employed with Philhaven 

BHRS as a Mobile Therapist/Behavior Specialist Consultant for children/adolescents, in 

Mount Gretna, PA. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 143 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

Many majors in religion or philosophy go on to advanced study in graduate or profes- 
sional schools and seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in 
education, law, ministry and business. A major in religion or philosophy may be com- 
bined with a major or minor in another subject. 

Religion Program 

The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the reli- 
gious dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the 
various historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well 
as to the diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202, 310; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and five 
additional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 200-level courses and one 
in 300-level courses. (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202; one course from 252, 253, 254, or 260; and two addi- 
tional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 credits). 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a 
central human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, 
religion in its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression 
in America. Special emphasis will be given to issues of religious diversity. Cultural 
Diversity Studies. [Cross-listed as American Studies 120.] 3 credits. 

140. Encountering World Religions. This course examines the beliefs and practices of 
some of the world's major religious traditions and significant religious movements, focus- 
ing predominantly on non-Christian or non-European traditions. The course will be 
oriented topically (ritual, theology, etc.), geographically (India, the Middle East, etc.), or 
thematically (religion in the modern world, religious encounters in history, etc.). 3 credits. 

160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both person- 
al and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Biblical Literature I. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the 
Old Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 credits. 

202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, includ- 
ing its historical and social context. 3 credits. 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; 
and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. [Cross-listed as 
Philosophy 230.] 3 credits. 



144 Religion and Philosophy 2006-2007 Catalog 



251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings 
and practices. 3 credits. 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 252.] 3 credits. 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, prac- 
tice and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Monism and Chinese 
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign 
studies. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 254.] 3 credits. 

255. Islam. This course will introduce students to the historical origins and development 
of Islam. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of socie- 
ty in China, India and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanctions 
for societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including India, 
Egypt and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and formulat- 
ing less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also explores a vari- 
ety of theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

310. History of Christian Thought. An examination of the history of Christianity and the 
development of Christian thought through the reading and discussion of primary works 
in Christian theology and philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

313. The Search for Jesus. This course will examine ancient texts, contemporary com- 
mentaries, historical reconstructions, and artistic and literary depictions in its search for 
Jesus. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. [Cross-listed as Sociology 322.] 3 credits. 

327. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of 
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course exam- 
ines developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation 
of those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the 
early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing 
process. Disciplinary perspective. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 327.] 3 credits. 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fic- 
tion, poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

333. Religion and Film. This course will introduce students to the basic history of film 
and film studies. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 145 



335. Religion, Homosexuality and Society. This course explores the history and contem- 
porary implications of living with gay/lesbian identity, the battle for civil protections, and 
the debate over the social consequences of sexual orientation research. Disciplinary per- 
spectives. 3 credits. 

338. Postmodern Philosophy and Theology. This course will trace the historical develop- 
ment of contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period of the 
Enlightenment and extending into the present. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 338.] 3 credits. 

340. One Nation Under God. This course explores the relationship between religion and 
politics in the United States. It will include an examination of the role religion played in 
the founding of our nation's democracy, the important separation between church and 
state that has been achieved over the course of our nation's history, and the ascendancy of 
the religious right in recent electoral politics. 3 credits. 

342. Religion, Ethics and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues aris- 
ing from modern science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. 
Disciplinary perspective. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 342.] 3 credits. 

352. God Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early 
modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics 
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of 
reason and the role of faith in discussing God. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 352.] 3 credits. 

353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visu- 
al arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious 
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 
[Cross-listed as Art 353.] 3 credits. 

Philosophy Program 

The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening crit- 
ical and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial 
questions of values, knowledge, and reality and their relation to human nature. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 1 10, 120, 160, 301; at least one course from 330-339; and five additional 
courses in philosophy. (30 credits). 

Minor: PHL 110, 160, 301; at least one course from 330-339; and two additional courses 
in philosophy. (18 credits). 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the 
ways major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 

120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention 
is given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference and the logic of factual 
inquiry. Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements 
of symbolic logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 



146 Religion and Philosophy 2006-2007 Catalog 



140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from colo- 
nial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James and Dewey. 3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with 
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits. 

215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, law, 
government and religion. Writing process. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of 
government, ancient and modern, but especially since the 16th century. [Cross-listed as 
Political Science 220.] 3 credits. 

230. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contempo- 
rary religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and 
culture; and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. [Cross- 
listed as Religion 230.] 3 credits. 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. [Cross-listed as Religion 252.] 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chinese 
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign 
studies. [Cross-listed as Religion 254.] 3 credits. 

260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modern 
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility, 
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest and 
cost/benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable 
portion of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits. 

301. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

321. Women in Philosophy. An exploration of women's philosophic voices in the devel- 
opment of Western philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

327. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of 
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course exam- 
ines developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation 
of those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the 
early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing 
process. Disciplinary perspective. [Cross-listed as Religion 327.] 3 credits. 

334. The Enlightenment. An examination of the major thinkers and philosophical argu- 
ments from the Enlightenment period of Western philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

336. 20th-century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British and 
Continental philosophers from 1 900 to present.Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 147 



338. Postmodern Philosophy and Theology. This course will trace the historical devel- 
opment of contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period of the 
Enlightenment and extending into the present. [Cross-listed as Religion 338.] 3 credits. 

342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues 
arising from modern science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. 
Disciplinary perspective. [Cross-listed as Religion 342.] 3 credits. 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and per- 
petrating the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early 
modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics 
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of 
reason and the role of faith in discussing God. [Cross-listed as Religion 352.] 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Eric W. Bain-Selbo, associate professor of religion and philosophy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

He specializes in social and religious ethics. He has published or presented papers in the 
areas of religion and the family, educational theory, Holocaust studies, methods in the 
study of religion, and others. Interests include Asian philosophy/religion, colonialism 
and indigenous cultures, and cross-cultural dialogue. He is the author of Mediating the 
Culture Wars (2003) and Judge and Be Judged: Moral Reflection in an Age of Relativism 
and Fundamentalism (2006). 

J. Noel Hubler, associate professor of religion and philosophy. 
Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania. 

He specializes in philosophy of truth and knowledge, with an interest in both contempo- 
rary issues and historical perspectives. He has studied cosmology and theories of matter 
from antiquity to the modern period. He is also the translator of Ezekiel for the New 
English Translation of the Septuagint, Oxford University Press. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and philosophy and American Studies. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His area of specialization is in continental philosophy of religion. He is also interested in 
the relationship between religion, politics, and the forces of globalization. His teaching 
interests include contemporary religious thought, world religions, religion and culture, 
and film theory. In addition to teaching courses in religion, he regularly teaches in the 
American Studies program and serves as the director of the college colloquium. He is the 
author of two books, Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the Ontotheological 
Condition (2003), and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004), and editor of the 
forthcoming After the Death of God, with John D. Caputo and Gianni Vattimo. 



148 Religion and Philosophy 2006-2007 Catalog 



Noelle Vahanian, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Her area of specialization is at the crossroads of philosophical theology, Continental phi- 
losophy, and political theory. Her teaching interests include the history of philosophy, 
ethics, and philosophy and literature. She is the author of Theology, Language, and 
Desire: A Genealogy of the Will to Speak (2003). 

Robert Valgenti, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 
Ph.D., Depaul University. 

He specializes in 19th and 20th century continental philosophy, hermeneutics, and Kant 
studies. His research has focused primarily on the relation of recent Italian philosophy to the 
history of German and French continental thought. He is the translator of two books forth- 
coming from SUNY Press: Luigi Pareyson's Truth and Interpretation, and Donatella 
Di Cesare 's Utopia of Understanding. 

Paul M. Fullmer, adjunct assistant professor of religion 
Ph.D., The Graduate Theological Union 

Fullmer specializes in the New Testament with interests in the Gospel of Mark, ancient 
fiction, and Koine Greek. He is co-author of a series of workbooks entitled Read Greek 
by Friday. His teaching interests include biblical literature, world religions, and fresh- 
man writing. 

David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in the history of American religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses, 

including world religions, religion in America, and history of Christianity. 

Jonathan Terry, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in American religious history and religious expression in contemporary 

American culture. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, professor emeritus of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas. 

He teaches a course on the Holocaust. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 149 



SOCIAL SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Social Science 
in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the Social 
Science core, the secondary education core, and a major in psychology. Graduation 
requirements for this major are noted in this catalog under the department. There is no 
major in Social Science. Dr. Lou Manza is the coordinator of the Social Science 
Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Social Science core courses: PSY 1 12, 180, 245, 324, 346 and 360; SOC 1 10, 120, 210, 

230, 240, and 362. (33 credits) 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 110; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. (22-24 
credits). 

Students must conform to state guidelines that require another math and an English or 
American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. Students 
must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits (including the 
math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must maintain that average 
in order to be certified. 

Psychology (PSY) major courses: 111, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one of the following lab 
courses: 325, 333, 347, 364, or 379; one of the following (biosychology): 280, 285, or 
378; one of the following (cognition): 250, 260, or 363; one of the following 
(psychopathology): 265, 268, 270, or 332. (25 credits) 




150 Social Science Program 



2006-2007 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 
AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Sociology Program 

The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By exam- 
ining the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understand- 
ing of themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why peo- 
ple behave as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that 
is moving from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are 
prepared to work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relation- 
ships is important. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 1 10, 31 1, 321, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding internships 
(33 credits). 

Minor: SOC 1 10, 31 1, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships (18 
credits). 

Criminal Justice Program 

The Criminal Justice major is a multi-disciplinary approach to examining the patterns 
associated with various crimes, theories of crime causation, victimization and society's 
response to crime. The components of the criminal justice system, including law enforce- 
ment, the courts, and corrections, are analyzed. Study of the criminal justice system 
includes a critical approach to examining the goals and controversies associated with 
crime control policies. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in criminal justice. 

Major: SOC 1 10, 245, 278, 31 1, 331, 333, 499; PSC 1 10, 316; 6 credits of internship in 
Sociology, Political Science or Psychology; two courses from SOC 220, 271, 272, 290 
(topics in Criminology/Criminal Justice), SOC/PSY 270, PSC 415, or PSY 265. Total 
credits 39. 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including 
the nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self and group 
dynamics. Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and 
poverty. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropol- 
ogy including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and compar- 
ison. 3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analyti- 
cal perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental 
exploitation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 151 



211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a 
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the 
impact of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

220. Forensic Evidence. This course involves the application of scientific methods to 
solving crimes. The course will explore the many ways in which an offender leaves evi- 
dence behind at a crime scene and carries evidence away from that crime scene. A range 
of topics will be covered including, but not limited to: ballistics, DNA, fingerprints, tire 
prints, odontology and entomology. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family 
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, con- 
flict resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes a historical and cross-cultur- 
al perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

240. Diversity and Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students 
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally deter- 
mined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent inter- 
cultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differences; 
we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross-cultural 
human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays and 
games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills nec- 
essary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any 
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. Prerequisite: SOC 
110. 3 credits. 

245. Crime and Criminals. An examination of different types of crime including a broad 
range of violent crimes and property crimes. Profiling and criminal typologies will be 
explored. Specific crimes such as arson, kidnapping, stalking, and homicide will be 
studied. Case studies of prototypical offenders will be included. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 
3 credits. 

251. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and 
skills of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve 
personal and social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as 
linkage of theory and skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in inter- 
personal relationships or counseling. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

252. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation 
of biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human devel- 
opment and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the 
total person as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the 
developmental process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual 
orientation and culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 
110. 3 credits. 

261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary 
issues related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, 
stereotypes of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 
110. 3 credits. 



152 Sociology and Criminal Justice 2006-2007 Catalog 



270. Forensic Psychology. This course will focus on three critical areas that fall under the 
umbrella of forensic psychology. First, students will be introduced to the area of legal 
psychology, including applied empirical research on issues important to the legal system 
such as eyewitness accuracy, police selection, jury decision making, and legal assump- 
tions about human behavior relevant to the rights of defendants, victims, children, and 
consumers of mental health services. Second, the area of psychological jurisprudence will 
be explored by studying efforts to develop a philosophy of law and justice based on 
psychological values. Third, students will be introduced to the concepts generally thought 
of as forensic psychology, such as criminal profiling, insanity defense, competence to 
stand trial, and child custody decisions. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or PSY 111. [Cross- 
listed as Psychology 270.] 3 credits. 

271. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories 
of causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse 
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of 
the causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the fam- 
ily and society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of inter- 
vention and treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin- 
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually 
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics 
of research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire 
construction. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of sociology or 
permission. 3 credits. 

320. Native American Experience. A review of the development of Native American 
society, culture, politics, and economy from prehistory to the present with special empha- 
sis on the relationships between Native Americans and other immigrants to North 
America. 3 credits. 

32 L Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of Sociology or 
permission. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. [Cross-listed as Religion 
322.] 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 153 



324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health 
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the 
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will 
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical 
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of 
health care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies 
and social response to the terminally ill patient. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 
plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of Sociology or permission. 3 credits. 

326. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the 
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social 
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; 
issues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, educa- 
tion, and in the worlds of work and politics. Disciplinary perspective. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. The question of whether or not 
such victimless crimes such as pornography, prostitution and drug use should be consid- 
ered crimes is explored. This is primarily a theory course for criminal justice majors. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, SOC 245, and 6 additional credits in sociology 
and junior standing. 3 credits. 

333. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of 
punishment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, 
and the death penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, 245, and 6 additional credits in 
sociology and junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small 
group organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective commu- 
nication in groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to practical 
situations. Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

557. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, 
the grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured 
inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial and ethnic groups. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

370. Adoption. This course will focus on populations involved in adoption, including 
birth parents, adoptees, foster and adoptive families and agencies, in both domestic and 
transnational adoptions. Special consideration will be given to recent policies and vehi- 
cles that have been put into place to facilitate the permanency placement of children. A 
consideration of ethics in adoption will be a central theme of the course. An examination 
of cultural, economic and policy factors in countries involved in transnational adoption 



154 Sociology and Criminal Justice 2006-2007 Catalog 



will be included. The health (both physical and psychological) and cultural issues of 
adoptees and services that address these will be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 plus 
6 hours of 200-level or above sociology courses or permission. 3 credits. 

382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and 
the effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, tel- 
evision violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values and 
images portrayed by the mass media. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 12 credits 
of sociology, junior standing, or permission. 3 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary 
sociology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive stu- 
dent participation. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 plus SOC 321 or 331 and 9 additional credits in 
sociology. This course is for sociology majors and criminal justice majors only. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. Chairperson. 
M.A. University of Akron. 

Among her teaching interests are medical sociology, diversity, and intercultural commu- 
nication. Her research interests include the development of a cross-cultural framework for 
medical care delivery, especially doctor-patient interactions and the culture and re-entry 
shock that persons experience who spend significant time abroad. 

Marianne Goodfellow, assistant professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., Hie Pennsylvania State University. 

Her areas of interest include social problems, sociology of the family, sociology of aging, 

sociology of work and sociology of gender roles. Her research has focused on issues of 

aging, rural homeless services, and domestic violence. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include criminology, criminal justice, mass media. She is interested 

in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Daniel Simpkins, lecturer in sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

His teaching specialty is in the area of anthropology. 



Lebanon Valley College Sociology and Criminal Justice 155 




GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Lebanon Valley College offers four graduate programs. These are the Master of 
Business Administration (MBA), the Master of Music Education (MME), the Master of 
Science Education (MSE), and the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) programs. 

The Master of Business Administration Program is a multi-disciplinary program 
designed to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business 
organizations. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as opera- 
tional expertise in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource man- 
agement, and operations management. 

The Master of Music Education Program is designed to be completed over 
the course of three summers. Addressing the graduate education needs of K-12 music 
teachers (the program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music), the 
curriculum includes experiences in foundations and principles of music education, 
research methods, music technology, and the psychology of music learning plus several 
elective choices. 

The Master of Science Education Program is designed primarily for elementary and 
middle school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to 
enhance their understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these 
concepts to their students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learn- 
ing of science. Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology neces- 
sary to teach science to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one 
area of science and desire to complement it with comparable understanding of the other 
sciences, will benefit from this program. 

The Doctor of Physical Therapy Program is a six-year program of study for students 
who will receive a preliminary baccalaureate degree in health science after four years of 
course work. 



156 Graduate Academic Programs 



2006-2007 Catalog 



Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 

Academic Advising and Registration 

Graduate students should meet with their academic advisors prior to class registration. 
The advisor will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations 
require the advisor's signature. 

Veteran Registration 

The College meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of 
Title 38, United States Code, Section 3675. The graduate programs have been approved 
for payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly 
to the College. Applicants having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits 
should contact the College's veterans' representative in the Financial Aid Office. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of 9 credits (a maximum of 6 core credits) may be transferred from 
another graduate program with the approval of the program director/coordinator and the 
registrar. No transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was 
less than B. Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, 
textbook used, and any reading materials, so proper credit may be given. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at anoth- 
er educational institution without prior consent of the academic advisor and the registrar. 

Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C and F. Candidates must maintain a 
grade point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but oth- 
erwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be complet- 
ed in the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will 
be changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the designated withdrawal date. 
Thereafter, the appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No graduate course may be taken pass/fail, except MSE 830 or MME 805/806. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic peri- 
od by the academic advisor. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a 
C or F in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on 
academic probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficien- 
cies and must achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on 
probation. A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given 
course being repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be 
dropped from the program. A student may appeal any decision of the Office of Graduate 
Studies and Continuing Education to the vice president and dean of the faculty. 

Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must 
notify the Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office. The effective date of 
withdrawal is the date on which the student notifies the office. Failure to give notice of 

Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 157 



withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying the instructor does not constitute official 
withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official withdrawal date is available on the GS 
and CE webpages. 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the date 
of the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this 
period shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional 
requirements in order to graduate. 

Academic Honesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dishon- 
esty will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course is 
mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program director/coordinator 
in writing. A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the program director/coordi- 
nator explaining the consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in 
the course and expulsion from the graduate program and College are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the Office of Graduate Studies and 
Continuing Education as soon as possible. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (P.L. 39- 
380) Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written con- 
sent and request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his 
or her education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their 
places of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies 
of 50-100 percent of tuition. Students who participate in an employer reimbursement 
program may be eligible for the deferred tuition option. Some employers authorize the 
College to bill them directly. In this case, students must present billing authorization when 
they register. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an offi- 
cial withdrawal form obtained from the academic advisor. To apply for readmission, a 
graduate student must have the written approval of the director for graduate studies and 
continuing education. 



158 Graduate Academic Programs 2006-2007 Catalog 



MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines lib- 
eral arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The multi- 
disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA-level courses along with 
exposure to courses in executive communications, executive leadership, and corporate 
and organizational ethics. 

MBA Admissions 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or 
university. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with 
the required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official 
test results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any 
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or 
universities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is required. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action usually will be taken within four 
weeks after all paperwork has been processed. Students who have satisfied the undergrad- 
uate common body of knowledge may register for up to two graduate classes while com- 
pleting the application process. 

Graduation Requirements 

A candidate for the MBA degree must complete a minimum of 36 credits, of which 
27 must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 
credits) and three electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A 
candidate must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's 
within the 36 graduate credits to be certified for graduation. 

Prerequisites 

Prospective students must demonstrate that they have command of the undergraduate 
common body of knowledge, including finance, accounting, economics, marketing, com- 
puter applications, statistics, and quantitative methods. Prerequisites can be satisfied by 
the completion of undergraduate courses, by a waiver for knowledge gained through life 
experience or by examination. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 
(27 credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870, 
880; special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 875. Managerial Decision Making. Provides students previously exposed to man- 
agerial accounting principles with the essential tools and strategies managers need to 
develop data for making decisions related to pricing strategy; product expansion, discon- 
tinuance or redesign; performance measurement; resource allocation and management; 
merger and acquisition planning, and other types of managerial decisions. Stresses ways 
to avoid mistakes that result when internal decision-making is based on data developed 
for external financial reporting. Business topics covered include financial statement 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 159 




analysis, responsibility accounting, Economic Value Added (EVA), and Activity Based 
Costing (ABC). 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurs/tip. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding and actual 
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasiz- 
ing writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores 
and increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. 
(Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 3 credits. 

LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the 
forces in the leader- follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and 
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, informa- 
tion and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management 
science. The course includes a review of probability and statistical concepts that will be nec- 
essary to understand the quantitative techniques introduced in the course. A philosophy of 
problem solving will be introduced as well as system thinking and the use of models in 
problem solving. The course will provide the student with the quantitative tools to be 
applied to the problems and case studies in MGT 820, Operations Management. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long 
term financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and market- 
place. Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the 
use of The Wall Street Journal. 3 credits. 



160 Master of Business Administration 



2006-2007 Catalog 



MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between 
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and the 
social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of production 
and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations 
strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, 
scheduling and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foun- 
dations and quantitative techniques of management science/operations research 
(MS/OR), related MS/OR tools and applications, the priority/capacity organizational 
concepts and the strategy underlying operations. Introduces appropriate computer soft- 
ware. Prerequisite: MGT 800 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 850. Human Resource Management A survey of personnel management activi- 
ties in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human 
resource management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, 
training, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career plan- 
ning, compensation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings 
and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to 
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and 
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation, 
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. 
Case study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 
3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and tech- 
niques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational 
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed 
through use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and 
cultural integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; 
entry into foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor-Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the 
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an 
overview of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with the 
tools used by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, 
wage/fringe issues and contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 

MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student 
with the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor 
with respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus 
income potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical 
models of portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be devel- 
oped. Special attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, includ- 
ing the capital-asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 

MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 1 6 1 



Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside 
research is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implica- 
tions of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the lit- 
erature of both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate 
and organizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and 
organizational life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or 
PSY 810. 3 credits. 

PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in 
areas of organizational behavior, including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, deci- 
sion making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. 

M.B.A., Drexel University. 

Bongiovanni teaches executive communications. 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration. 

M.J., Temple University. 

Kline teaches the special topics course E-business. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. 

M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard teaches organizational behavior. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. Coordinator of the MBA 

Program. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 

David V. Rudd, professor of business administration. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., George Washington University 
Rudd teaches courses in marketing. 



162 Master of Business Administration 2006-2007 Catalog 



MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

The Master of Music Education (MME) Program is designed to meet the regional 
needs of area K-12 music educators. It is a summer only program in which a student can, 
with careful advising, complete the degree in three summers. It is offered in response to 
a significant regional need met by on- and off-campus expertise and a shared interest in 
improving the quality of music education in this part of the Commonwealth. 

MME Admissions 

While prior teaching experience is not a requirement for entrance into this degree pro- 
gram, individuals considering pursuit of a master's degree in music education should plan 
on teaching one to three years prior to initial enrollment or before completing the degree. 
It is the conviction of this faculty that graduate study will be more meaningful to the indi- 
vidual if he or she has first gained experience in the field. 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree in music from a regionally accredited 
college or university and submit an official transcript with the application. Any graduate 
courses to be considered for transfer (up to nine credits, a maximum of 6 credits in the 
core) also require an official transcript sent by the respective colleges or universities to 
the Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Priority for core courses will 
be given to students matriculated into the MME program. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a personal written statement (one 
page) indicating why they wish to pursue this degree with the application form and 
required application fee. 

All candidates must hold and submit a copy of a current Teaching Certificate in Music 
with the application. 

All candidates must submit three letters of recommendation with the application, 
which address the candidate's readiness for graduate study. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken promptly after all 
paperwork has been received and evaluated. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MME candidate must complete 30 graduate credits, 21 of which must be earned 
at Lebanon Valley College. Of a possible 9 credits in transfer work, only 6 credits may be 
counted in the core of the MME program. There are four required core courses (12 cred- 
its) plus a weekly, non-credit-based seminar required during each summer that the student 
is enrolled. The capstone experience includes either a project or a thesis (3 credits). The 
other 15 credits will be selected from among several elective opportunities. Courses in 
the Lebanon Valley College MME Program are taught on the Annville campus. 

Degree: Master of Music in Music Education 

Core Courses: MME 801, 802, 803, 804 (12 credits), and 805 (project) or 806 (thesis). 

MME Courses: 

MME 801. Foundations of Music Education. A consideration of philosophical and his- 
torical issues in music education and their implications for developing curricular and 
instructional approaches to the field. A core course. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Music Education 163 



MME 802. Research Methods in Music Education. A study in the organization, presen- 
tation, interpretation, and documentation of research that makes use of encyclopedias, 
indices, databases, and other aids. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 803. Technology for Music Educators. An exploration of how technology can 
enhance the music learning process. This course examines what's involved in planning, 
configuring, and teaching various technology systems and applications so as to facilitate 
creative interaction with musical experiences. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 804. Psychology of Music Learning. An investigation and discussion of theories 
of learning as they relate to the teaching of music. This course includes the study of 
specific teaching strategies and the nature of musical response. A core course. 3 credits. 

MME 805. Project. 3 credits, or 

MME 806. Thesis. 3 credits. 

MME 830. Private Applied. 1 credit. (Up to a maximum of 3 elective credits in the 
program.) 

MME 890. Elective courses will be offered as special topics courses, then given perma- 
nent numbers as the program develops and matures (e.g., Teaching Choral Music, 
Teaching General Music, Teaching Instrumental Music, Theory for Teaching, Graduate 
Music History Seminar, Music in Early Childhood, Music and the Exceptional Child, 
Statistics for the Music Researcher, Conducting, Arranging [band scoring, choral arrang- 
ing, jazz arranging], and so forth). 

MME Administration and Resident Faculty 

Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music, director of the music recording technology 

program, MME advisor. 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music, MME advisor. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music, director of MME Program. 
DMA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, director of music business, MME advisor. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 



164 Master of Music Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of sci- 
ence as well as on the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their stu- 
dents. All of the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing science 
instead of merely learning about science. The program will culminate with the satisfac- 
tory completion of a research project in science education. 

MSE A dm issions 

To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program, the applicant 
must fulfill the following requirements: 

• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited instit- 
tion and must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergraduate 
institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from grad- 
ate courses must also be requested by the applicant. 

• An applicant should hold an elementary or middle school teaching certificate. 
Otherwise, applicants may be considered for entrance after meeting with the MSE 
coordinator. 

• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four-point 
scale for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3.0 QPA may be 
admitted with provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six semester 
hours of graduate study with a 3.0 or above. 

• An applicant must submit three letters of recommendation in support of their admi- 
sion to the graduate program. 

Degree Requirements 

A candidate for the MSE degree must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 21 
must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. Only 6 credits may be transferred into the 
core. There are seven required core courses (21 credits), any electives of the students 
choice (6 credits), and a research project (3 credits), for a total of 30 credits. A candidate 
must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation. 
Degree: Master of Science Education. 

Graduate Core: MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 811,812, 829, 830 (24 credits) and two of the 
following: MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits. 

MSE Courses: 

MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/Middle School Classroom. This course 
serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction as it 
relates to hands-on, minds-on science process skills appropriate for elementary and mid- 
dle school classrooms. Setting the tone for the entire program, this course showcases con- 
structivist strategies which will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course 
addresses life science concepts prevalent in virtually all science curricula as well as those 
set forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will engage the use of sci- 
entific method to address topics typically taught in life science courses. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 165 



MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

This course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common 
substances. Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as discov- 
eries made through serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 credits. 

MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. 

Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experience 
with inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, electrici- 
ty and magnetism. 3 credits. 

MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science for Elementary/Middle School 
Teachers. The interaction and effects of geology, meteorology and space exploration will 
be explored in this course. Field study is combined with experimental inquiries from 
exemplary curricula to illustrate critical connections of physics, chemistry, and biology 
with the earth sciences. 3 credits. 

MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology for Elementary/Middle School 
Teachers. Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and 
ecology will be used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. 
Current topics in ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, 
will be addressed. This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms out- 
side the classroom. Appropriate methods for elementary/middle school students will be 
utilized and practiced. 3 credits. 

MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementaiy/Middle School Teachers. This course will intro- 
duce the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and 
continuing through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use of 
the scanning electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques and 
slide making. 3 credits. 

MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards. Using the 
Standards in curriculum development, the classroom and other aspects of the public and 
private school systems will be the focus of this course. Alternative and authentic assess- 
ment, professional standards and current developments in science education will be 
taught with the elementary/middle school teacher and student in mind. 3 credits. 

MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, espe- 
cially applicable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus will be 
on developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 credits. 

MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from 
ancient through modern history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both 
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the ele- 
mentary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modem concepts and recent advances in science 
will be smdied through books, news magazines and newspapers. 3 credits. 



166 Master of Science Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality 
science education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve prob- 
lems and can function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among other 
areas of study, as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science and 
technology so they benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology will 
be discussed. 3 credits. 

MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics in 
elementary/middle school education as they arise. Seminar courses permit special topics to 
be included in the course of study. Recent offerings include literacy in science, forensics, 
and multimedia science. In addition, certain transfer courses may be valid for degree accred- 
itation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 credits. 

MSE 829. Research Methods. This course is designed to develop the understanding of 
the methods employed in planning and developing research in science. You will gain 
experience in generating ideas for research, critically evaluating literature, synthesizing 
and presenting results of research and writing in a clear and organized way. 3 credits. 

MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science 
in the elementary/middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the 
student's adviser. The topic of research should be well documented in professional jour- 
nals and studies. 3 credits. 

MSE 850. Independent Study. 1-6 credits. 

MSE Administration and Resident Faculty 

Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Day teaches history of physics and summer independent studies. 

G. Kip Bollinger, coordinator of the MSE Program. 

Ed.D., Temple University. 

Bollinger teaches assessment in science teaching and earth science. 

Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 
Kline supervises research. 

Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Laguna teaches research methods and supervises research. 

Lou Manza, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 
Manza supervises research. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Patton supervises research and teaches summer seminar courses. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 167 



Kerrie D. Smedley, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Smedley teaches research methods. 

Susan E. Verhoek, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Verhoek teaches plant seminar courses and supervises research. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 
Wolf supervises research. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

Wolfe teaches microscopy and supervises research. 



168 Master of Science Education 2006-2007 Catalog 



DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The Physical Therapy Program consists of a six-year program of study leading to a 
Doctor of Physical Therapy (D.P.T.) degree. Students receive a baccalaureate degree in 
health science after successful completion of four years of coursework. See Health 
Science Program information on page 127. 

The program consists of two distinct phases: pre-physical therapy education (three 
years, or approximately 100 semester credit hours); and professional education (three 
years, approximately 108 semester credit hours). 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accredited 
bv the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

All required courses must be taken for a grade except PHT 760, 762, 764, and 860 
which are pass/fail. See the Physical Therapy Handbook and Clinical Education Manual 
for detailed information. 

Degree: Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Prerequisites: two semesters each of general biology, chemistry, and physics; one semes- 
ter upper level human anatomy and physiology, introductory psychology and sociology, 
and elementary statistics. 

Professional required courses: PHT 310, 402, 404, 41 1, 412, 414, 416, 418, 420, 430, 
432, 450, 460, 710, 714, 716, 730, 734, 736, 738, 740, 742, 750, 752, 760, 762, 764, 802, 
830, 832, 834, 836, 850, 860. 

PHT Courses: 

710. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. An introduction to the basic con- 
versational and medical/technical vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish- 
speaking patients. [Cross-listed as Spanish 211.] 2 credits. 

714. Advanced Neuroscience. Building on material learned in PHT 420, this course looks 
in more detail at pathology, neurophysiology and sensorimotor control, in context to com- 
mon neurologic conditions and diseases. 2 credits. 

716. Health Promotion for Self and Society. Covers health and health promotion topics 
across the lifespan. Students will begin to identify community needs that would benefit 
from a physical therapy program of prevention, health promotion, wellness, and screen- 
ing services. 2 credits. 

730. Clinical Interventions II. A continuation of Clinical Interventions I. This course will 
examine edema and integumentary concerns, and specific exercise techniques, including 
stabilization and aquatics. 4 credits. 

732. Musculoskeletal II. Second of a two course sequence providing an in-depth study 
of the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of muscu- 
loskeletal pathology and injury. This course will build upon material studied in PHT 430 
and emphasize anatomical, biomechanical, and physiological factors relevant to muscu- 
loskeletal dysfunction. 3 credits. 

734. Cardiovascular/Pulmonary Physical Therapy. Examines the physical therapy man- 
agement of individuals with cardiac and respiratory dysfunction. Particular attention is 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 169 



focused on exercise prescription, patient management in various clinical settings, current 
medical and surgical procedures, and guidelines and education for inpatient and outpa- 
tient rehabilitation. 4 credits. 

736. Neuromuscular Physical Therapy. Provides an examination of techniques used in 
the examination and assessment of persons with nervous system dysfunction. 4 credits. 

738. Geriatrics Physical Therapy. Presents the aging process in relation to pathokinesi- 
ology, the immune system, cardiopulmonary system, musculoskeletal system, neuromus- 
cular function, and therapeutic intervention adaptation. 3 credits. 

740. Prosthetics and Orthotics. Provides a detailed examination of the physical therapy 
management of individuals requiring splinting or bracing, as well as individuals with 
amputations requiring prosthetic devices. 2 credits. 

742. Pharmacology in Rehabilitation. Provides a general introduction to pharmacologi- 
cal principles including basic pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Descriptions of 
general classes of medications and their impact and utilization in rehabilitation are 
stressed. 2 credits. 

750. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry II. This is the second in a series of a four-part 
course sequence of critical inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the 
student will begin the process of developing a case study (using a clinical case that was 
obtained in the student's first clinical affiliation) that is evidenced-based. Continued 
development of the clinical research process is presented. 2 credits. 

752. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiiy III. This is the third course in a four-part course 
sequence of critical inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. The concepts of sensitivity, 
specificity, responsiveness to change and the epidemiologic concepts of: prevalence, inci- 
dence, ratios, and proportions are covered. Development and publication of the second 
case report is accomplished. 2 credits. 

760. Clinical Education and Practice II. A two-part course continuing the study of ethical 
and legal issues encountered in the health care environment and other professional health 
care issues. Students are then placed in a second four-week, full-time clinical setting to prac- 
tice patient examination, evaluation and therapeutic interventions for more complex mus- 
culoskeletal disorders, or cardiovascular and pulmonary disorders. 3 credits. 

762. Clinical Education and Practice III. A seven-week, full-time supervised clinical 
learning experience to provide students the opportunity to develop clinical competence in 
the physical therapy management of individuals in an ambulatory or inpatient environ- 
ment. 3 credits. 

764. Clinical Education and Practice IV. The second, seven-week supervised clinical 
learning experience where students continue to develop clinical competence in the man- 
agement of various musculoskeletal, cardiovascular/pulmonary, integumentary, and neu- 
romuscular disorders. 3 credits. 

802. Physical Therapy Administration and Management. Examines current issues and 
trends in physical therapy clinical management. 4 credits. 



170 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2006-2007 Catalog 



830. Neuromuscular Rehabilitation. Examines in detail through a case-based approach 
specific neurologic conditions, the resulting impairments and functional limitations, and 
the physical therapy management of persons presenting with these conditions. 4 credits. 

832. Pediatric Physical Therapy. Presents an introduction to the physical therapy man- 
agement of pediatric patients. Topics include normal motor development, and client 
examination, evaluation, and intervention aimed at improving function and limiting dis- 
ability. 3 credits. 

834. Selected Physical Therapy Practice Topics. This course will cover specialized phys- 
ical therapy practice areas and advanced evaluative, assessment, and interventional strate- 
gies for special populations. 2 credits. 

836. Differential Diagnosis. Designed to integrate the curricular content to date. In this 
capstone course, students will demonstrate differential diagnosis as it relates to 
autonomous practice in realistic clinical situations. 3 credits. 

850. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry IV. This is the final course in a four-part course 
sequence of critical inquiry/evidence-based physical therapy. The final case study is pre- 
pared as a formal written document and also as a platform presentation using the evi- 
dence for all 6-components of the patient/client management model. 2 credit. 

860. Clinical Education and Practice V. Final, full-time supervised clinical learning 
experience spanning sixteen weeks in a multidisciplinary care environment. Students will 
demonstrate patient management skills for pediatric or adult patients with complex med- 
ical diagnoses utilizing an evidence-based approach. 12 credits. 

DPT Administration and Resident Faculty 

Philip J. Blatt, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., University of Miami. 

He teaches neuromuscular physical therapy and neuromuscular rehabilitation. His research 

is focused on developing novel therapeutic approaches and investigating improvements in 

functional outcomes in patients with visual-spatial inattention or neglect. 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

He teaches pathophysiology, advanced neuroscience and differential diagnosis. His research 

interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative diseases. 

Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential 

diagnosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses 

efficacy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education. 
M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical education 
course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 1 7 1 



Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research interests 

include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satisfaction. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ed.D., Idaho State University. 

She teaches Pediatrics and Health Promotion. Her research interests are related to school- 
based physical therapy practice and infant/toddler development. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, and pharmacology. Her research interests 

include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors and exploring the 

use of anatomy software in the anatomy laboratory. 

Penelope L. Samuelson, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches clinical examination and the clinical interventions course series. Her research 

interests include factors affecting patient satisfaction and instruction of injury prevention, 

patient teaching, and outcome data analysis. 

Kevin Basile, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.S., University of Delaware 

Timothy Kauffman, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., LaSalle University. 

David Patrick, MSPT, CPO, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 



Jeffrey Rothman, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
Ed.D, Rutgers University. 



172 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2006-2007 Catalog 




Lebanon Valley College 



Directory 173 



DIRECTORY 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Officers 

William Lehr, Jr. Chair 

Edward H. Arnold Vice Chair 

Katherine J. Bishop Vice Chair 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Beth Esler Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

James M. Mead Assistant Treasurer 

Trustees 

Kristen R. Angstadt, '74, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Psychologist/Supervisor of Pupil Services, 
Capital Area Intermediate Unit #15 (2007). 

Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman, C.E.O. and President, Arnold Logistics 
(2008). 

Jessica Bagley '07; Student, Lebanon Valley College (2007). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon Seaboard Corporation (2009). 

Marie Bongiovanni, B.A., M.B.A., M.L.A.; Professor of English and Chair, Lebanon 
Valley College (2007). 

Edward D. Breen, B.S.; Chairman and C.E.O. , Tyco Electronics (beginning October 
2004) (2007). 

Rev. Alfred T Day III, B.A., M.Div; Senior Pastor, Historic St. Georges Methodist 
Church in Old City. (2007). 

Wesley T Dellinger, CRS, GRI, CSP '75, B.S.; Realtor, Brownstone Real Estate Company 
(2009). 

Ronald J. Drnevich, B.S.; President, Gannett Fleming Inc. (2008). 

Stacy Goodman, B.S., Ph.D.; Associate Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College 
(2008). 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of English, Director of General 
Education, Lebanon Valley College (2009). 

Robert Harbaugh, B.S., M.D.; Professor and Chairman, Department of Neurosurgeiy, 
The Pennsylvania State University, Milton S. Hershey Medical Center (2009). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(2008). 



174 Directory 2006-2007 Catalog 



John F. Jurasits Jr., B.S.; Retired Vice President, Solution Technologies, Inc. (2009). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, B.S., M.P.A.; Operations Officer, United Nations Organization (2007). 

George J. King, B.S.; CPA; Chief Financial Officer, Energy Intelligence Group; 
President, RWS Energy Services, Inc. (2008) 

Malcolm L. Lazin '65, B.S., J.D.; Executive Director, Equality Forum (2008). 

William Lehr Jr., B.B.A, J.D.; Community Volunteer, Retired Senior Vice President and 
Secretary, Hershey Foods Corp. (2008). 

Stephen C. MacDonald, B.A., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College. 

James M. Mead, B.S., M.A.; retired President and CEO, Capital Blue Cross (2009). 

Daniel K. Meyer '81, B.A. M.D.; Assistant Professor of Medicine, UMONJ-Robert Wood 
Johnson Medical School, Camden, and Program Director, Infectious Diseases Fellowship 
Program at Cooper University Hospital. 

Rachel A. Moore '08, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2008). 

John S. Oyler, A.B., J.D.; Partner, McNees Wallace & Nurick, LLC (2009). 

Thomas E. Philips, B.A., M.B.A.; Retired Senior Resident Vice President Merrill Lynch 
Central Penn Complex (2007). 

Lynn G. Phillips '68, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Retired, Aresty Institute ofExecuive Education, 
Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania (2009). 

George M. Reider Jr. '63; Retired Insurance Executive and Former Insurance 
Commissioner, State of Connecticut; Retired Teacher, University of Connecticut and 
Fordham University of Law (2007). 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S. L.H.D.; Retired Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. 
(2008). 

Richard T Reynolds, B.S.; President, Reynolds Constniction Management, Inc. (2008). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S. ; President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (2007). 

Elyse E. Rogers '76, B.A., ID.; Attorney Keefer Wood Allen & Rahal, LLP (2009). 

Frank Sourbeer '72, B.A.; President & C.E.O., Wilsbach Distributors, Inc. (2009). 

Ronald B. Toll, A.A., B.A., Ph.D.; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the 
Faculty, Lebanon Valley College. 

Albertine P. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Retired Elementary Educator, Lebanon School Distinct 
(2007). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (2008). 

Harry B. Yost Esq. '62, B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Attorney, Senior Partner, Appel & Yost, 
LLP (2009). 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 175 




Emeriti 
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer. 

Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., L.H.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. DuPont 
de Nemours & Co. 

Eugene C. Fish Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, 
Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, 
Fish and Scheckter. 

Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S.; Retired Owner/President, CIB, Inc. 

Darwin G. Glick '58, B.S.; Retired President, Glick, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. 

Martin L. Gluntz '53, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, 
Hershey International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. 

Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.B., M.Div, M.S.T., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist 
Church. 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive. 

Gerald D. Kauffman '44, A.B., M.Div, D.D., Officer of the Courts, Count}* of 
Cumberland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, Carlisle. 

Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 



176 Directory 



2006-2007 Catalog 



Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LED.; Retired Ernst & Young C.P.A. 

Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Morton Spector, L.H.D.; Chainnan of the Board, Design House Kitchens and Appliances. 

Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.Sci.; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Wengert's 
Dairy, Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor. 

J. Dennis Williams, B.A., M.Div, D.Min., D.D.; Retired United Methodist Clergyman; 
Senior Pastor, St. John s United Methodist Church. 

Honorary 
Suzanne H. Arnold, L.H.D.; Community Leader and Philanthropist. 

Bishop Marcus Matthews, B.S., D.M.; The United Methodist Church, Philadelphia Area. 

Bishop Jane Allen Middleton, B.A., M.Div.; The United Methodist Church, Harrisburg 
Area, Northeastern Jurisdiction. 

Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, D & E 
Communications, Inc. 



Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 77 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
Stephen C. MacDonald, 1998-; President, Professor of Humanities. B.A., Tufts 
University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977. 

Beth Esler, 2004-; Executive Assistant to the President, 2004-; B.A., Dickinson College, 
1985. 

General College Officers 
Anne M. Berry, 2000-; Vice President for Advancement, 2000-. A.B., Franklin & 
Marshall College, 1977. 

Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988. 

Robert E. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah 
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1972. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976—1978, 1988—; Vice President of Information Technology Services, 
199 5-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

Gregory G. Stanson, 1966—; Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services, 1991— 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966. 

Ronald B. Toll, 2005-; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty, 
2005-A.A., Union College, 1975; B.A., Rutgers University 1977; Ph.D., University of 
Miami, 1982. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
Ronald B. Toll, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 2005-. A.A., 
Union College, 1975; B.A., Rutgers University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Miami, 1982. 

Crista A. Detweiler, 2002-; Assistant to the Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art 
Gallery, 2002-. B.A., Shippensburg University, 1992; M.A., University of Maryland, 
2002. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989—; Coordinator of Academic Advising and Community 
Programming, 2001-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.Div, Andover Newton 
Theological School, 1975. 

Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-; Associate Dean of the Faculty, Associate Professor of 
Psychology. B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State 
University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992. 

John C. Donohue, 2003-; Assistant Director of Media Services, 2003-. B.M., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2000. 



178 Administration 2006-2007 Catalog 



Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of 
Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., 
University of Oklahoma, 1981. 

Elaine Feather, 1989 - 99, 2 004- Director of Graduate Studies and Continuing 
Education, B.S., State University of New York at Cortland, 1965; M.S., State University 
of New York at Brockport, 1973. 

Yvonne M. Foster, 2003—; Coordinator of Disability Services, 2003— B.S., Millersville 
University, 1992; M.S., 1995; M.S., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, 2001. 

Paul Fullmer, 2005-; Chaplain, 2005-. B.S., University of Southern California, 1990; 
M.Div, Fuller Theological Seminary, 1994; Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union, 
Berkeley, 2005. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-. B.A., University 
of Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern 
Connecticut State University, 1984. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown 
University, 1990. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990—; Director of General Education, 2001— B.A., Bates College, 
1977; M.A., Binghamton University, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. 

Julia L. Harvey, 1998-; Technical Services Librarian. A.A., Cottey College, 1977; B.A., 
Cedar Crest College, 1979; M.S., Drexel University, 1981; M.A., Rider University, 1990. 

Shirley Hockley, 1996-; Director, Annville Continuing Education, 2 001- B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1980; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1994. 

Marcus Home, 1992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste 
Materials Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Patricia A. Kaley, 1987-; Registrar, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Jeremy A. Maisto, 2004-; Assistant Registrar, 2004-. B.A., Drew University, 2000. 

Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Interim Librarian, 19 86-. B.S., Millersville University, 1984; 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

John J. Peck, O.S.B., 1999-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1999-. Saint Vincent College 
and Seminary; Franciscan University. 

Jill Russell, 2001-; Director of Study Abroad, 2001-. B.S., University of New Hampshire, 
1993; M.S., University of Victoria, 1999. 

Scott A. Schweigert, 2002-; Director of the Suzanne H Arnold Art Gallery and Assistant 
Professor of Art. B.A., Dickinson College, 1992; M.A., The George Washington 
University, 1996. 

Susan Szydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995-. B.A., Colby 
College, 1996. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 179 



Enrollment and Student Services 
Gregory G. Stanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 

Valerie G. Angeli, 2003-; Staff Nurse, 200 3-. B.S.N. , Lebanon Valley College, 1982; R.N, 
Diploma, Geisinger Medical Center School of Nursing, 1982. 

Richard L. Beard, 1994—; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Sarah M. Bogusko, 2006-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2008-. B.A., Wilkes 
University, 2004; M.Ed., University of Delaware, 2006. 

Dorothy A. Brehm, 199 3-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2003-. B.S., Tlie 
Pennsylvania State University, 1976. 

William J. Brown Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988. 

Vicki J. Cantrell, 199 1-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Tchet D. Don-nan, 2002-; Director of Multi-Cultural Affairs, 2002-. B.A., Oberlin 
College, 1987; M.A., Temple University, 1993. 

Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991-; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 
1995-. B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

Kendra M. Feigert, 2004-; Director of Financial Aid, 2 004- B.A., Bloomsburg 
University, 1995; M.S., Millersville University, 1998. 

Alison K. Gallagher, 2005-; Residential Life Area Coordinator, 2005-. B.A., Alvernia 
College, 2002; M.Ed., Alvernia College, 2005. 

Sharon Givler, 2003-; Director of Career Services, 2005-. B.A., Geneva College, 1974; 
M.Ed., Millersville University, 1984. 

Julie A. Gordon-Dueck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; B.A., Fresno Pacific 
College, 1985; M. A., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993. 

Alexis Hair, 2006-; Admission Counselor, 2006-. B.A., Hollins University, 2006. 

John T. Hower, 1988-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; 
M.A., Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Lynda Hower, 1993-; Therapist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; M.S.W, Temple 
University, 1992. 

Sara E. Kehler, 2006; Admission Counselor, 2006-. B.A., Susquehanna University, 2006. 

Eugene R. Kelly, 2004-; Assistant Director of Student Activities and Student Develop- 
ment, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2001; M.S., West Chester University, 2003. 

Keo Oura Kounlavong, 2002-; Assistant Director of Admission, 2005-; B.A., Ursinus 
College, 2000. 



180 Administration 2006-2007 Catalog 



Jason A. Kuntz, 2000-; Director of Residential Life, 2 005- B.A., Baldwin-Wallace 
College, 1996; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1998. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993- M.D., Albany Medical College, 
1975. 

Alan T. Paynter, 2001-; Assistant Director, Admission, 2006-. B.S. Ed., Kutztown 
University, 1997. 

Susan Sarisky, 1993—; Director of Admission, 2001 '-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1999. 

Erin N. Sanno, 2001-; Assistant Director Admission, 2 004- B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. 

Sarah L. Smith, 2004-; Admission Counselor, 2004-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989; M.S.W., 
Temple University, 1994. 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-. 
R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 1973—; Dean of Student Services, 1991- B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 

Advancement 
Anne M. Berry, Vice President for Advancement. 

Kristy A. Adams, 1999-; Webmaster, 1999-; B.S, Drexel University, 1995. 

Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Director of Advancement Sen'ices, 2005-; B.S., Bucknell 
University, 1992. 

Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Associate Director of College Relations/Director of 
Publications, 2002-; B.A., Gettysburg College, 1971. 

Jessica L. Bostdorf, 2000-; Director of Major Gifts, 2006. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1999; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2006. 

Jasmine A. Bucher, 2001-; Director of Campaign Communications, 2004-; B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 2004. 

Jamie N. Cecil, 2004-; Director of Annual Giving, 2006-. B.A., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 2000. 

Lauren McCartney Cusick, 2002-; Director of Media Relations, 2 002- B.A., University 
of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1971; M.A., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 
1974. 

Thomas M. Hanrahan, 1997-; Director of College Relations, 1999-. B.A., East 
Strvudsburg University, 1990; M.Ed., 1992; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 
2004. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 1 8 1 



Jayanne N. Hayward, 2005-; Assistant Director of Alumni Programs, 2005- B.A., Lebanon 
College, 2001. 

Lauren A. Herb, 2005-; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2005-; B.S., Millersville 
University of Pennsylvania, 2005. 

Ann Hess Myers, 1998-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1998-. B.A., Kenyon College, 
1979. 

Alexandra R. Olexy, 2001-; Director of Advancement Special Events, 2001— B.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1999. 

Cindy L. Progin, 1998-; Director of Advancement Research, 2004-; B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2004. 

Todd Snovel, 2006—; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2006—; B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2006. 

Braden A. Snyder, 2002-; Sports Information Director, 2002- B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2000. 

Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1977. 

Jennifer S. Liedtka, 1994-; Institutional Data Analyst, 2005-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2000. 

Ben D Oreskovich, 1 994-; Associate Controller, 1999-.A.S., Danville Area Community 
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

Carrie Skovrinskie, 2004-; Director of Student Accounts, 2004- B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 2001. 

Information Technology Services 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Information Technology Services. 

Robert J. Dillane, 1985—; Director of Information Management Services, 1986—. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1977. 

Angela D. Edris, 2000-; Database Specialist, 2000-. B.S, Geneva College, 1992. 

Todd M. Gamble, 1998-; Senior PC Support Specialist, 2006-. B.S, Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. 

Kent A. Harshman, 2002-; Database Analyst/Programmer, 2002-. B.S., Lock Haven 
University, 1980. 

David W. Shapiro, 2000-; Director of Technical Services, 2005-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 



182 Administration 2006-2007 Catalog 



Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 197 1-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S, Lebanon 
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 1990-; Director of Client Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1979; M.Ed., 1995. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

Ann C. Hayes, 2006-; Director of Human Resources, 2006-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1983; M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1995; P.H.R., Society of 
Human Resource Management, 1996. 

Sharon B. Hurst, 2002-; College Store Assistant, 2006-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2006. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. 

Donald Santostefano, 2006-; Director of Facilities Services, 2006-. B.S., Fairfield 
University, 1975; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1979. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1994 ; Director of Building Maintenance, 1994-. 

Kathleen Tierney, 1983-2000; Director of Athletics, 2001- B.S., State University of New 
York at Brockport, 1979. 

Chad Schreier, 2005-; Interim Manager of the College Store, 2005-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2005. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, 1982-; Director of Grounds, 1982- 

Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Public Safety, 1990-. 

Athletics 
Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Assistant Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Joseph E. Buehler III, 2004-; Assistant Football Coach, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989; M Ed., Millersville University, 2004. 

Keith Evans, 1992-; Head Baseball Coach, 2003-. B.S., California University of 
Pennsylvania, 1990. 

Lauren N. Frankford, 2002-; Head Women's Soccer Coach, 2002- B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 2000. 

Mary M. Gardner, 1 994-; Aquatic Director, Head Swim Coach, 1997-. B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 1977; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Todd Godowski, 2006-; Head Women s Basketbell Coach, 2006-. B.A., Clark University, 
1990. 

Kenneth C. Grimes, 2005-; Head Men's Soccer Coach, 2 005- B.S., Elizabethtown 
College, 1997; M.Ed., Millersville University, 2004. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 1 83 



Stacey L. Hollinger, 1998-; Head Softball Coach, 1 998-; Assistant Field Hockey Coach, 
1994-; Compliance Coordinator, 2004- B.S., Millersville University, 1989. 

Allan G. MacCormack, 1997-; Head Ice Hockey Coach, 1997-; Director of Physical 
Education Program, 1998-. B.S., St. Lawrence University, 1974; M.S., Ithaca College, 
1975. 

Laurel Martin, 2001-; Head Field Hockey Coach, 2001-. B.S., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1991. 

Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Head Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-; B.A., Southampton 
College of Long Island University, 1975. 

James P. Monos Jr., 2004-; Head Football Coach, 1986-1996; 2004-. B.S., Shippensburg 
State College, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978. 

Cliff Myers, 1994-; Head Men's & Women's Tennis Coach, 1994-; B.A., Penn State 
University, 1972. 

Wayne Perry, 1987-; Head Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978. 

O. Kent Reed, 7977-; Head Men's and Women's Track and Field Coach, Men's Cross- 
Countty Coach, 1971-. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky 
University, 1970. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Golf Coach, 1989-; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961. 

James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S, Lock Haven University 1983; 
M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Sarah Wickenheiser, 2004-; Head Women s Cross-Country Coach, 2004-. 



184 Administration 2006-2007 Catalog 



FACULTY 

Active 
Barbara J. Anderman, 2001-: Assistant Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Department 
of Art and Art History. B.A., M.A., University of St. Andrews, Scotland, 1971; M.A., 
Rutgers University, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the 
Department of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; MA., 1967; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1994. 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972; 
M.Ed. (Elementary Education), 1973; M.Ed. (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., Temple 
University, 1987. 

Eric Bain-Selbo, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. Chairperson of 
the Department of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of Tennessee, 1987; M.A., 
Miami University (Ohio), 1988; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1997. 

Philip J. Benesch, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of 
London, 1981 ; M.A., London School of Economics, 1982; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 
2003. 

Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A., 
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. 

Philip J. Blatt, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Kean 
College/University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, 1990; Ph.D., University of 
Miami, 2003. 

Kristen L. Boeshore, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1992; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University, 1998. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990—; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of 
English. B.A., Temple University, 1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.L.A., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1996. 

Jean-Marc Braem, 2002-; Assistant Professor of French. Licence, Universite Libre de 
Bruxelles, 1980; M.A., Princeton University, 1985; Ph.D., 1989. 

Christopher Brazfield, 1 999-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Reed 
College, 1993; M.S., University of Oregon, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. 

J. Patrick Brewer, 1997-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northern 
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 

Richard M. Chamberlin, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., 
Hillsdale College, 1988; A.M., University of Michigan, 1990; Ph.D., 1977 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 185 



Danielle Leigh Cohen, 2006-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.F.A., Syracuse 
University, 1995; M.A., Kean University, 2000; Ph.D., University of London, 2004. 

Stan M. Dacko, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. Chairperson of the 
Department of Physical Therapy. B.A., Rutgers University, 1974; M.S., Boston University, 
1983; Ph.D., Hahnemann University, 1997. 

Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 
1975, Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philosophy); M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, 
University of Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State 
University, 1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conser\>atory of Music, 1992; 
DM. A., 1996. 

Marcia Epler, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Ithaca College, 
1973; B.S, 1975; M.Ed., Temple University, 1981; Ph.D., 1996. 

Scott H. Eggert, 1 98 3—; Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 
1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biology. 
Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B.A., University of Maine at Portland, 1974; 
M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 
1981. 

Michael D. Fry, J 983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart 
College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980. 

Eric Fung, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., The Eastman School of Music, 
1997; MM., The Eastman School of Music, 1999; D.M.A., The Juilliard School, 2005. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, 200 1-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. Academic Coordinator 
of Clinical Education. B.S., West Virginia University, 1981; M.H.A., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 2000. 

Cheryl George, 1 998-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian University, 
1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993. (On leave. Spring 2006). 

Marianne Goodfellow, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., State University of 
New York, College of Arts and Sciences at Plattsburgh, 1979; m.A., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1982; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1995. 

Stacy A. Goodman, 1996-; Asssociate Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 
1991; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Gary Gri eve-Carlson, 1990-; Professor of English. Director of General Education. B.A., 
Bates College, 1977; M.A., Binghamton University, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 
1988. 

John D. Grigsby, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Duquesne 
University, 1978; M.S., Bucknell University, 1986; J.D., Duquesne University, 1990; 
L.EM., Georgetown University Law Center, 1994. 



86 Faculty 2006-2007 Catalog 



Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977—; Professor of Sociology. B.A., Central Michigan University, 
1969; M.A., University of New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Marc A. Harris, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Arizona, 
1994; Ph.D., University of Nevada at Reno, 1999. 

Bryan V Hearsey, 1971—; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington 
State College, 1964; M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. (On leave, 
Spring 2006). 

Robert H. Hearson, 1986-; Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; M.A., 
1965; Ed.D, University of Illinois, 1983. 

Barry R. Hill, 199 3-; Associate Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording 
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at 
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996. 

John H. Hinshaw, 2000-; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Department 
of History and Political Science. B.A., Macalester College, 1985; M.A., Carnegie Mellon 
University, 1988; Ph.D., 1995. (On leave, Spring 2006). 

J. Noel Hubler, 199 5-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University 
of Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1982—; Associate Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the 
Department of Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 
1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 197 6-; Professor of Spanish. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 
1974; Ph.D., City University of New York, 1979. 

Diane E. Johnson, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Pepperdine 
University, 1980; M.A., California State University, Fresno, 1983; M.A., 1993; M.A., 
University of California, Santa Barbara, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991-; Lecturer in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987. 

John P. Kearney, 1971—; Professor of English. B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1962; 
M.A., University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Donald E. Kline, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Education. Chairperson of the Department 
of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley- College, 1966; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1975; 
M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D., Lehigh University, 1990. 

Joel A. Kline, 1999—; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Director of the 
Digital Communications Program. A.S., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1985; 
B.S., B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.J.P.R.A., Temple University, 2002. 

Walter Labonte, 1992-; Instructor in English. Director of Writing Center. B.S., 
Northeastern University, 1968; M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Louis B. Laguna, 1999-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; M.S., Millersville University of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.A., 
University of Nebraska, 1995; Ph.D., 1998. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 187 



Mary L. Lemons, 1996-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at 
Urbana-Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1998. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1988—; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio 
University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio 
State University, 1986. 

Rebecca C. Lister, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., James Madison 
University, 1988; MM., Florida State University, 1992; DM., 1997. 

David W. Lyons, 2000—; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., 
Davidson College, 1981; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1996. 

Louis Manza, 1 995-; Associate Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department 
of Psychology. B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn 
College, 1991; M.Phil., City University of New York, 1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 7977-; Professor of Business Administration. A.B., Duquesne 
University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; M.A.,Antioch 
University, 1998. 

Anderson L. Marsh, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Hampden-Sydney 
College, 1998; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 2003. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; 
M.A., University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Raymond A. Maynard, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., University of 
Sussex, 1987; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1992; Ph.D., 2000. 

Rebecca McCoy, 1998-; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the 
Department of History and Political Science. A.B., Mount Holvoke College, 1975; 
M.A., University of North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992. 

Mark L. Mecham, 1990-; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of 
Music. Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., University of Utah, 1976; 
MM., 1978; D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1985. 

Marie Mielgo-Castro, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of Leon, 
1993; M.A., Exeter University 1994. 

Heather H. Mitchell, 2005-; Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Lambuth 
University, 2000; M.S., University of Memphis, 2003; Ph.D., 2005 . 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973-; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor of 
Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf's College, 
1966; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, 7 997-; Associate Professor of Music. BMus., University 
of Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; MM., 1986; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1990. (On 
leave, Fall 2005). 

Roger M. Nelson, 2002-; Professor of Physical Therapy. Certificate in Physical 
Therapy, 1965; M.S., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 1981. 



188 Faculty 2006-2007 Catalog 



Renee Lapp Norris, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., West Chester- 
University, 1991; M.M., University of Maryland, 1994; Ph.D., 2001. 

Kathryn N. Oriel, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University of 
Sciences, Philadelphia, 2000; Ed.D., Idaho State University, 2003. 

Walter A. Pattern, 1999—; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Susquehanna 
University, 1988; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1993. 

Timothy J. Peelen, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Calvin College 1996; 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 2002. 

Neil Perry, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.B., La Trobe University, 1993; 
M.C., University of Melbourne, 1995. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1994-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesley an 
University, 1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of 
Houston, 1994. 

Michael Pittari, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A., University of Florida, 1989, 
M.F.A., University of Tennessee, 1995. 

Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 199 7—; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1976; 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield III, 1990—; Professor of Business Administration. Coordinator of the 
MBA Program. B.B.A., Southern Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union 
Graduate School, 1982. 

O. Kent Reed, 197 1-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Otterbein College, 
1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, 2002-; Assistant Professor of English and Digital Communications. 
B.S. and B.A., Indiana University, 1989; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1993; 
M.Ed., Arizona State University, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., Baylor 
University, 1994; M.Div, Texas Christian University, 1997; M.Phil., Syracuse University, 
1999; Ph.D., 2001. 

Catherine Romognolo, 2004-; Assistant Professor of English. B.S., University of Florida, 
1991; M.A., University of Maryland, 1997; Ph.D., 2003. 

Victoria Rose, 2003-; Instructor in Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory of the Johns 
Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 

Stacey A. Ruch, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Seton Hall 
University, 1989; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 2000. 

David Rudd, 2005-; Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of the 
Department of Business and Economics. B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1966; M.B.A., 
University of Minnesota, 1973; Ph.D., George Washington University 1996. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 89 



Penelope L. Samuelson, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University 
of Pennsylvania, 1975; M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1988. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William 
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. 

James W. Scott, 197 6-; Professor of German. B.A., Juniata College, 1965; Ph.D., 
Princeton University, 1971. 

Frances S. Seeger, 2005-; Lecturer in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1972; M.A., 
American University, 1973; M.B.A., 2002. 

Daniel Simpkins, 1998-; Lecturer in Sociology. B.A., West Georgia College, 1976; M.A., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1984; Ph.D., 1992. 

Kerrie D. Smedley, 1 997-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997. 

Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music and Assistant Director of Music 
Recording Technology. A. A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B.A., University of West 
Florida, 1984; M.S., Kutztown University, 1998. 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1 987-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1975; MM, Towson State University, 1998. 

Edward J. Sullivan, 2001-; Associate Professor of Business Administration and 
Economics. B.S., St. Peter's College, 1972; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1975; Ph.D., 1985. 

Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and Secondary 

School Relations. B.S, Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D, 1978. 

Linda L. Summers, 1 99 1-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Ball State University, 
1972; M.A., 1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; 
M.M., University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977. 

Grant D. Taylor, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Art Histoiy and Digital Communications. 
B.F.A., University of Western Australia, 2000; Ph.D., 2005. 

Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, 1999-; Associate Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of Miami, 
1979; M.A., 1994; Ph.D., 2002. 

Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Nazarene College, 1965; M.A., 
Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, 1996-; Associate Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the 
Department of Foreign Languages. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de Cordoba, 1986; 
M.A., Washington University, 1991; Ph.D., 1999. 

Noelle Vahanian, 2005-; Assistant Professor of Religion. Baccalaureat, Lycee International 
des Pontonniers, 1988; B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., 1999. 



190 Faculty 2006-2007 Catalog 



Robert T. Valgenti, 2006-; Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of the Holy 
Cross, 1993; M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1998; Ph.D., DePaul University, 2006. 

Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; 
M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

James G. Voulopos, 2005; Visiting Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.S., Pennsylvania 
State University, 1979; M.B.A., Indiana University, 1984. 

Scott N. Walck, 1999—; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute, 1988; M.S., Lehigh University, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. (On leave, Fall 2005 and 
Spring 2006.) 

Karen Walker, 2005; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., California State University, 
Los Angeles, 1974; M.Ed., California State University, Los Angeles 1986; Ed.D., Bowling 
Green State University, 2001. 

Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971. 

Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Biology. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S., 
University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Allan F. Wolfe, 1968-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake 
University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Vermont, 1968. 

Kenneth Yarnall, 1996—; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South 
Carolina College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. 

M. Jane Yingling, 200 1-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1972; M.A., Shippensburg University, 1996; Ph.D., Marywood University, 2004. 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., 
Northern Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972. 

Howard L. Applegate, 1983-2000; Professor Emeritus ofHistoty and American Studies. 
B.A., Drew University 1957; M.A., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966. 

Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S., Simmons 
College, 1946. 

Donald E. Byrne, Jr., 1971-2005; Professor Emeritus of Religion and American Studies. 
B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1963; M.A. Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., Duke University, 
1972. 

Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., 
Oklahoma City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., 
Boston University, 1967. 

Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A.B., Franklin 
& Marshall College, 1953. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 191 



Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval 
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Carleton 
College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-2003; Professor Emeritus of Psychology^. B.A., Kean College, 
1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981. 

George D. Curfrnan, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1971. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., University of 
Washington, 1967; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Alice S. Diehl, 1966—1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita. A.B., Smith College, 
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 
1966. 

Phylis C. Dryden, 1987-2004; Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Atlantic Union 
College, 1976; M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1984; DA., 1988. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus.B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-2001; Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 
1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1951; M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M.D., 
Eastman School of Music, 1967. 

Michael A. Grella, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., St. Mary's 
Seminary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal 
Conservatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal 
College of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; 
D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977. 

John H, HefFner,, 1972-2005; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1968; B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; M.A.R., 
Lancaster Theological Seminary, 2002. 

Paul Heise, 1991-2004; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S.ES., Georgetown 
University, 1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D.. New School for 
Social Research, 1991. 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-2004; Professor Emerita of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 
1954; M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 



192 Faculty 2006-2007 Catalog 



Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1 963-2003; Lecturer Professor Emerita of Music. B.M., Oberlin 
College, 1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953. 

David I. Lasky, 1974—1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A. B., Erskine College, 1941; 
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple 
University, 1967. 

Joerg W.P. Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. 
Math., University ofGiessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954. 

William J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty 
Emeritus. A.B., Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954—1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-2003; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State 
University (Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

H. Anthony Neidig, 1948—1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948; L.H.D., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2004. 

John D. Norton, 1971—; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965; 
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; PD., American University, 1973, 

Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata 
College, 1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; 
Ph.D., 1976. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990—; Associate Professor of ' Sociology?. A.B., Wheaton College, 
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-2002; Professor Emerita of French. Licence, Sorbonne, I960; 
M.A., New York University 1963; Ph.D., Biyn Mawr College, 1979. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity 
University, 1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 

Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div, United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 
1944; B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 193 



Glenn H. Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 

Adjunct 
Michelle Barraclough, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.F.A., Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania, 1993; M.M., Catholic University, 1996. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, 1998—; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Eastern Mennonite 
University 1991; M.A., Millersville University, 1993; additional graduate study at 
Temple University. 

Kathleen K. Blouch, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.A., Messiah 
College, 1983; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1987; Ph.D., Temple University, 2000. 

Theresa Yohn Bowley, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College, 
1981; M.A., Middlebwy College, 1982. 

Allen C. Boyer, 2 004-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.S, Lebanon Valley College, 1953; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1961; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1975. 

Beverly Ann K. Butts, 2000-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978; M.M., Michigan State University, 1980; additional graduate study at New 
York University. 

Marie-Aline Cadieu, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., University of Illinois, 
1987; M.M., Northwestern University, 1989; D.M.A., Ohio State University, 1999. 

Christopher D. Campbell, 2005-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Clarion 
University, 1988; M.M.E., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; D.M.A., Shenandoah 
Conservatory of Shenandoah University, 2002. 

John E. Copenhaver, 2003-; Adjunct Assistant Professor in Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1987; MM., West Chester University, 1992. 

Melanie A. M. Demartyn, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., Shepherd College, 
1978; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 1983. 

James A. Diehm, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.A., Albright College, 1961; 
M.A., Lehigh University, 1968; Administrative Certification, Temple University, 1972. 

Joseph DiSanto, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph s University, 1967; 
Department of Defense Information Officers ' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg School of 
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Suzanne D. Fox, 1998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1977; M.M., University of Miami, 1979. 

Emily Y. Frantz, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Profesor of Music. B.M., Temple University, 
1996; M.M.T., Temple University, 2003. 



194 Faculty 2006-2007 Catalog 



Ming Gao, 2002—; Adjunct Instructor in Linguistics. B.A., Beijing Second Foreign 
Language Institute, 1982; M.A., Canberra College of Advanced Education, 1984; Ph.D., 
Lehigh University, 1999. 

Rita M. Gargotta, 1 99 1-; Adjunct InstJiictor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College, 
1972; Diploma, University ofSevilla; M.A., West Chester State College, 1976. 

Ai-Lin Hsieh, 2005-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music, B.M., Shoochaw University, 
Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C; M.M., The Eastman School of Music, 2000; D.M.A., University 
of Maryland, 2005. 

Linda Hummel, 2002-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Susquehanna 
University, 1969; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975. 

Richard Johnson, 2001—; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.S., Millersville University. 

Cheryl L. Kilhefher, 2005-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
2003; M.M., Westminster Choir College of Rider University, 2005. 

Rick Knepp, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Lock Haven 
University, 1979; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Elvin LaCoe, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University. 

David W. Layman, 1993—; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. A.B., University of 
Chicago, 1977; Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

Robin Lilarose, 200 1-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.S.M.T, Elizabethtown College, 1983. 

Dennis Maust, 2 004- ; Adjunct Instructor in Art. M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology'. 

James Miller, 1989— ; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

William R. Miller, 1 994-; Adjunct Instructor in Physics. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1956; 
M.A., University of Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

Joseph D. Mixon, 1991-; Adjunct Instiiictor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; 
M.M., Combs College of Music, 1990. 

Ted Nichols, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Millersville 
University, 1966. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in French. Premier Degre, La 
Sorbonne, 1975; B.A., Ithaca College, 1976; M.S., Montclair State College, 1984. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Melissa-Ann Pero, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1998; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 2002. 

Jeff Remington, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1992. 

Marie Riegle-Kinch, 1980-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Gettysburg College, 
1973; M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1979. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 195 



Andrew Roberts, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M., Berklee College of Music, 1989. 

David M. Setley, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Kutztown 
University 1977; M.B.A.. 2000. 

Christopher A. Shaak, 2002-: Adjunct Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1998. 

Dennis C. Smith, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Dakota 
Wesleyan University, 1967; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas, 1985. 

Stephen A. Spiese, 1 999-; Adjunct Instructor in Theater. B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

DeAnna Spurlock, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 
1968; M.A., 1970. 

Anna F. Tilberg, 1 '982-; Adjunct Instructor in Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 
1969. 

JoshTindall, 2006-; Adjunct Instructor of Music. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

Geno Torri, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., California State 
University, 1973; M.A.T., University of Pittsburgh, 1974; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg 
University, 1976; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University, 1995. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977. 

Julia P. Wagner, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Messiah College, 
1978; MM, Ithaca College, 1981. 

Michael Wojdylak, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1977; M.AGR., 1983; DDS, University of Maryland, 1987; B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997; M.M., Marywood University, 2003. 

Deborah Worthen, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1993; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2001. 

Jeremy Wolf, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999; M.S.Ed., St. Josephs University, 2003. 

Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Advisor, Brian Erler, M.D., Ph.D.; Program 
Director, Perla L. Simmons, M.P.A., B.S.M.T. (ASCP) S.H., N.C.A. (CLS); Assistant 
Program Director/Education Coordinator, Mary Jane C. Schaefer, M.S., M.P.A. 

Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Program 
Director, Wendy Gayle, M.T. (ASCP) S.H. 



196 Faculty 2006-2007 Catalog 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Joy L. Albright Information Technology Services Office 

Deborah L. Atkins Financial Aid Office 

Susan R. Aungst Library 

Deb Bishop College Center 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Donna L. Brickley Information Technology Services Office 

Jo Lynn Brummer Development Office 

Wendy L. Carfagno President of the College Office 

C. Monica Cisneros Library 

Susan L. Donmoyer Business and Economics 

Becky Firestone Registrar's Office 

Mary E. Fisher Administration and Controller Offices 

Jennifer R. Fullenlove Physical Therapy 

Paula Gahres Chaplain's Office 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office 

Cheryl A. George Media Center 

Susan M. Greenawalt Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office 

Karen Grubb Humanities Departments and General Education 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Constance W. Kershner Business Office 

David B. Kline Information Technology Services Office 

Charlene Kreider Business Office 

Deborah L. Lutz Advancement Office 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Shawnalee Miller Development Office 

Tami S. Morgan Admission Office 

Ann K. Pinca Administration and Controller Office 

Jill M. Rabuck Annual Giving 

Christine M. Reeves Development Office 

Ann Ristenbatt Copy Center and Mail Services 

Alice J. Rulapaugh Student Services Office 

Carol Sabados Biology 



Lebanon Valley College College Support Staff 197 



Ann Safstrom Music Department 

Denise D. Sanders Library 

Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office 

Susan Snyder Mathematical Sciences; Art and Art History and Psychology Departments 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

Andrea Stone Registrar's Office 

Victoria Trostle Facilities Services Office 

LaRue A. Troutinan Major Gifts Office 

Nathaniel C. Tulli Information Technology Services Office 

Victoria Van Hise Associate Dean and Academic Services Office 

Matthew P. Velazquez Information Technology Services Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Department 

Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Sarah Wickenheiser Arnold Sports Center 

Beverly A. Yingst Arnold Sports Center 

Susan B. Zearing Admission Office 



198 College Support Staff 2006-2007 Catalog 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the College faculty, 
is selected by the president of the College after appropriate consultation with alumni, stu- 
dents, faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award, which was pre- 
sented through the 1 993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D, Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1 989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1991 Scott H. Eggert, DMA., Associate Professor of Music 

1992 Gary Gri eve-Carl son, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and 

Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David I. Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1996 James W Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

1 997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies 

1998 Mark L. Mecham, DMA., Professor of Music 

1 999 Michael A. Day, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

2000 Jeanne C. Hey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

200 1 Allan F. Wolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

2002 Marie G. Bongiovanni, M.L.A., Associate Professor of English 

2003 Carl T. Wigal, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

2004 Mary L. Lemons, Ed.D, Associate Professor of Music 

2005 Jefrey W Robbins, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Religion 

2006 J. Patrick Brewer, Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences 



Lebanon Valley College Awards 199 



THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members 
of the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee 
was Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the 
College named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her 24 years of 
inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 

1997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

1998 Aden J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

1999 Leslie E. Bowen, M.F.A., Lecturer in Art 

2000 Patricia M. Meley, M.A., Adjunct Instructor in American Studies 

2001 Robert A. Nowak, M.M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 

2002 Gene G. Veno, M.P.A., Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration 

2003 Marion M. Markowicz, M.S.S., Adjunct Instructor in Sociology 

2004 Jeff Remington, M.Ed., Adjunct Instructor in Science Education 

2005 James A. Erdman II, Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

2006 Marie Riegle-Kinch, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 



200 Awarrds 2006-2007 Catalog 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of 
Education, the National Association of Schools of Music, and the American Chemical 
Society. 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program is accredited 
by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University 
of New York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of 
Colleges; National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania 
Foundation for Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College 
Scholarship Service; Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic 
Association; Middle Atlantic States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic 
Conference; Central Pennsylvania Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic 
Conference. 

STATEMENT ON NON-DISCRIMINATION 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, gen- 
der, national origin, age, sexual orientation, disability, or age in its programs or activities. 
The College is committed to a policy of equal opportunity in all aspects of employment, 
including application, promotion, and transfer. Anyone who believes that he/she has been 
subjected to discrimination in violation of this policy is encouraged to report the problem 
to the EEO/Title IX Coordinator or the Vice President for Academic Affairs. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Lebanon Valley College participates in student financial assistance programs under 
Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. According to the requirements of the 
Student Right-to-Know legislation, the college is required to report annually the gradua- 
tion rates within 1 50 percent of the normal time to complete a degree to students and 
prospective students. 

The cohort of 407 full-time, first-time degree-seeking undergraduates who entered 
Lebanon Valley College in the fall of 1999 consisted of 169 men and 238 women. At the 
end of four years, 280 had completed a bachelor's degree. At the end of the fifth year, 
another 19 had completed a bachelor's degree. By 2005, at the end of the sixth year, an 
additional 2 additional students had completed a bachelor's degree. The Student Right-to- 
Know Completion or Graduation Rate Calculation for the 1 998 cohort is 74 percent. This 
information has been submitted to the U.S. Department of Education. 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the 
Office of the Registrar.. 



Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 201 




202 Map of Campus 



2006-2007 Catalog 



3 u 



w> S 



- = '-> <- 

.2 <U OJ) M _ 

ft. 2 2 a £3 ^ 

.5 >S » 



■a 2 



3 

5*3 

t 

H 

2 i j j° 



J J 






fa* 

s 

ft, ss: 






tz> cm ce 

d o; c? 



<U CU C «, 



O O O 
fa -i U 



a a 2 > u 

=s ij .a ® 

03 Q jg cm 

a w p fa 




2 N 



5* 



c ,5 C 

OJ fl CB 

2 w fa 



< = .5 U 



o ' c 
E 



© fa 

= 3 S 



Q. u 

O != 

■a s 

CM O 



SS «3 

O =£ 

«» 73 

a U 

« © 

S U -o 

3 .a « 



B C 



Set 
© a 8s 

•5 ^ £ 
2 -a H 

slis i 



"^ '- 5 U S*. OD B E 

C3T-1 ffl P- P? .2 *■» ■*-» 



< -3 



3 -O es js B 



So*; 



*j J3 T3 



a u § 

w -y 2 



sa a 



9 " 

=3 ° 



3 a 



S a 

B "3 



03 « 

s < 

Q 2 

2 SB 



< Q 



E « 



•S © -5 



o S- E u 



Z aa Q 



5 SS 



(U « — o 
> J < U 



=3 - ** is 



- g £ 
o £ o 



CM .. 

C5 >« 

Z - 

— B 

3 u 

— a> 
» = 

fa u 



fa E 

| =2 
w fa 



to a> 

jj EC 2 

S 00 .> 

£ .s § a 

u .S < fS 

to n — . 

Si E o 

^ «" ll 

u - y I (S 

u m 2 > 

> <u « -J 

<u -e -a ,y 

3 S 3^ !i= 



* K E 

sis 

2 S B 

_ « 2 -S 

§ &* s 

e =2 " '£ 



S3 « 

33 dj 






2 S3 

X 3 

Si 0) SJ 



D S > « 53 fa § 



■a « 

S « -a 73 

* -E 5 B 

« S ! « 

S 3 « > 2 

- ,2 -5 s 

u * = « 

* £2 £ 
S S 2 



I "8 1 
1*1 

S t> w 

*< Si, Cd 

cr a t. 

S S3 « 

* ~ 33 



< < 



S3 "° 

ai 



a •£? 



S P 



23. 

04D < PQ g 

™ 2 2 ~; 

§ x a e 

S3 a a ^ 

© © 5 

" 55 



S -^ ^ 



— &- ^ 

© js J3 _ 
■^ * * qj 



Nntm\ehoes\ 



I Q Z 

■^ vi v© r-^ sc ©> 
n <N M r-i r< <m 



> 


— 




H 


u 




^ 


E 

n 




H 






5C 


y. 




Z 


E 
— 




§ 


< 




Q 


if 




< 


E 




Q 


■c 




Z 


3 


— 


< 


oq 


-- 


U 09 


9) 




a o 
§ z 

< a 


it 

u 

E 
•_ 

u 


E 

LI 


U D 






< aa 


— 





■8 I - 

i) ca 3 

< Q E 

QQ 



5 O 



D, o 



12° 

1 -l 1 

3 .E " 

i E 

a <c 



B — 
oo 

= c 

* w S .a 

S" 3 3 o 

g g-o 

| S « b 
2 ■■& -g | 



u - 

■< CO 






w E 



3 Oi 

oo — 



.a > -3 



«= *5 U C kJ 



OS co fi > U 



•J «J i 

I e Q 

a s s 

°- a 2 

qj u S2 

Q Q 3 



.52 U 



< O 



a q 



-a T3 i> 

S CO > Oh 



■3 o 



r g -3 53 e S •£ 

h- 3 8 "S. o 2 

fi S * £ -a 5 



B -^ 3 -, * 



< a 



e _ 



•r « 53 ^ 



.5 c n 

T3 oj 3 

< O j 



- H 



c-1 S as ^ 



Q oa 



~ -. >-> 



a. fi aa Q os 



-J 


£ 






' - 


u 


c 




- 

XI 


E 
> 


M 


b 


U 


fa 


X 


J 



E 
E 

- 


E 
CD 


E 

c 




— 
- 

a 
u 


- 

r5 




o 


ca 


x 


Q 






p 


"J 

-1, 


E 




>. 


O 

-= 




E 


- 





Oh 


--i 







E 


-— 







oj 






- 


E 


c/T 





^ 




3 


a 


00 


3^ 


o 


ij 




— 


c 








— 




fa 


Oi 


iS 




c~ 


c 
-J 


E 


E 


U 


E 


>> 

c 
3 


S 


a 


u 


s 




E 


E 


s 


■-J 
















- 


f= 


- 


-E 
o 






- 


n, 


E 
W 


c_ 


n. 




0) 




o 
Q 


Q 


^ 


!Z1 



Lebanon Valley College 



Map of Campus 203 



INDEX 



Academic honesty policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 158 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 157 

Accounting program 

courses 49 

department 48 

faculty 55 

Accreditation 201 

Actuarial science program 

courses 107 

department 106 

faculty 109 

Admissions 

undergraduate full time 4 

undergraduate part time 5 

continuing education 5 

MBA 159 

MME 163 

MSE 165 

Administration 178 

Advanced placement 14 

American studies program 

courses 31 

department 30 

faculty 33 

Art and art history program 

courses 36 

department 35 

faculty 40 

Associate degrees 7 

Attendance policy 12 

Auditing policy 1 1 

Baccalaureate degrees 7 

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology program 

courses 45 

requirements 45 

Biology program 

courses 42 

department 42 

faculty 46 

Business program 

courses 50 

department 48 

faculty 55 

Calendar 208 

Certificate programs 5 

Challenge examinations 13 

Chemistry program 

courses 59 

department 58 

faculty 61 



Citizenship education program 63 

CLEP 14 

College support staff 195 

Communications program 

courses 80 

department 79 

faculty 83 

Computer science program 

courses 108 

department 107 

faculty 109 

Concurrent courses 12 

Cooperative programs 25 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 12 

external 12 

repetition of 1 1 

descriptions 31 

Courses, graduate 156 

Credit for life experience 14 

Criminal justice program 151 

courses 151 

department 151 

faculty 155 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 156 

Dean's list 16 

Departmental honors 16 

Digital communications program 64 

courses 64 

department 64 

faculty 66 

Doctor of Physical Therapy program 

courses 169 

faculty 171 

requirements 169 

Earth and space science program 135 

Economics program 

courses 52 

department 48 

faculty 55 

Education program 

courses 69 

department 67 

faculty 77 

Elementary education program 

courses 70 

department 69 

faculty 77 

Engineering cooperative 

program 25 



204 Index 



2006-2007 Catalog 



English program 

courses 80 

department 79 

faculty 83 

English as a Second Language (ESL) 75 

Environmental studies 

cooperative program 25 

External summer courses 12 

Faculty 185 

Finances, student 4 

Foreign languages program 

courses 85 

department 85 

faculty 90 

Foreign study opportunities 29 

Forestry cooperative program 25 

French program 

courses 86 

department 85 

faculty 90 

General education program 

courses 20 

requirements 20 

German program 

courses 87 

department 85 

faculty 90 

Grade point average 15 

Grading system 15 

Graduate programs 156 

academic policies 157 

concurrent courses 157 

financial aid 158 

grading system 157 

privacy of student records 158 

refund policy 157 

review procedure 157 

time restriction policy 158 

transfer policy 157 

withdrawal policy 157, 158 

Graduation honors 16 

Graduation requirements 

DPT 169 

MBA 159 

MME 163 

MSE 165 

undergraduate 8 

Health care management program 

requirements 54 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 25 

Health science program 127 

courses 127 

requirements 127 

faculty 129 

Historical communications program 92 



History program 

courses 93 

department 92 

faculty 102 

Honors 

departmental 16 

graduation 16 

In-Absentia 12 

Independent study 28 

Individualized major 27 

Interdisciplinary courses 23 

International baccalaureate program 15 

Internship policy 27 

Italian 

courses 85 

Knisley teaching awards 200 

Law and society minor 98 

Leave of absence 12 

Limit of hours 9 

Map of campus 202 

Mathematical science program 

courses 105 

department 104 

faculty 109 

MBA program 

admission 159 

courses 159 

faculty 162 

requirements 159 

MME program 

admission 163 

courses 163 

faculty 164 

requirements 163 

MSE program 

admission 165 

courses 165 

faculty 167 

requirements 165 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 25 

Military science program Ill 

Mission statement 3 

Music education program 118 

courses 1 19 

faculty 121 

requirements 1 18 

Music program 1 12 

courses 1 13 

department 112 

faculty 121 

Music business program 117 

courses 1 18 

faculty 121 

requirements 1 17 



Lebanon Valley College 



Index 205 



Music recording technology program 120 

courses 120 

faculty 121 

requirements 120 

Nontraditional credit policy 13 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 29 

Officers, general College 178 

Pass/fail policy 11 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 16 

Philosophy program 146 

courses 146 

department 144 

faculty 148 

Physical education program 

courses 125 

department 125 

faculty 126 

Physical therapy program 127 

courses 127 

department 127 

faculty 129 

Physics program 

courses 131 

department 131 

faculty 134 

Political science program 98 

courses 99 

department 92 

faculty 102 

Pre-law program 26 

Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 27 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 17 

Profile of the College 2 

Psychobiology program 46 

courses 46 

department 42 

faculty 46 

Psychology program 136 

courses 137 

department 136 

faculty 142 

Readmission policy 12 

Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 157 

Registration 10 

Religion program 144 

courses 144 

department 144 

faculty 148 



Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 11 

ROTC 11 1 

Satisfactory academic progress 9 

Science 

course 61 

Second bachelor's degree 13 

Secondary education program 74 

courses 74 

department 67 

faculty 77 

Servicemembers Opportunity 

Colleges (SOC) 19 

Social science program 150 

Sociology program ...151 

courses 151 

department 151 

faculty 155 

Spanish program 89 

courses 89 

department 85 

faculty 90 

Special education program 74 

courses 74 

department 67 

faculty 77 

Special topics courses 28 

Study abroad 29 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 17 

Teacher certification for 

nonmatriculated students 19 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 67 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 10 

graduate 157 

Trustees, Board of 174 

Tutorial study courses 28 

Veterans' services 18 

Vickroy teaching awards 199 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 157 



206 Index 



2006-2007 Catalog 



PHONE NUMBERS 






College Offices* 




Academic Offices 




6208 


Academic Support 




6988 


Admissions 




6181 


Business Office 




6300 


Career Planning and Placement 


6235 


College Center 




6161 


College Store 




6313 


Computer Lab (general) 




6067 


Computer Science Lab 




6067 


Continuing Education 




6213 


Dean of Student Services 




6233 


Financial Aid 




6181 


Registrar 




6215 


Safety and Security 




6111 


Vice President/Dean of Faculty 


6208 




Academic Offices* 




American Studies 




6356 


Art and Art History 




6015 


Biology 




6175 


Business Administration 




6101 


Chemistry 




6140 


Economics 




6330 


Education 




6305 


English 




6240 


Foreign Language 




6250 


History 




6355 


Mathematical Sciences 




6080 


Music 




6275 


Philosophy 




6130 


Physical Education 




6364 


Physics 




6150 


Political Sciences 




6330 


Psychology 




6195 


Religion 




6130 


Sociology 




6155 



* Area code 717, prefix 867. 
Lebanon Valley College Phone Numbers 207 



2006-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



FIRST SEMESTER 



August 


26 


Saturday, 9:00 a.m. 




26 


Saturday, 2:00 p.m. 




27 


Sunday, Noon 




2X 


Monday, 8:00-1 1 a.m.-5:00 p.m 




28 


Monday, 11 a.m.-12:30 p.m. 




29 


Tuesday, 8:00 a.m. 




29 


Tuesday, 8:00 a.m. 




29 


Tuesday, 11 a.m.-12:30 p.m. 




29 


Tuesday, 6:00 p.m. 




31 


Thursday, 1 1 a.m.-12:30 p.m. 


September 


5 


Tuesday, 4:30 p.m. 




30 


Homecoming/Family Weekend 


October 


13 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 




17 


Tuesday, 6:00 p.m. 




IS 


Wednesday, Noon 




20 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


November 


3 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 




22 


Wednesday, Noon 




27 


Monday, 8:00 a.m. 


December 


8 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 




8 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 




9 


Saturday 




10 


Sunday 




11-16 


Monday-Saturday 




16 


Saturday, 5:00 p.m. 




20 


Wednesday, Noon 


SECOND SEMESTER 




January 


15 


Monday 




15 


Monday, Noon 




L6 


Tuesday, 8:00 a.m. 




16 


Tuesday, 8:00 a.m. 




16 


Tuesday, 6:30 p.m. 




23 


Tuesday, 4:30 p.m. 


February 


20 


Tuesday, 1 1:00 a.m. 


March 


2 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 




12 


Monday, 8:00 a.m. 




14 


Wednesday, Noon 




16 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 




30 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


April 


5 


Thursday, 5:00 p.m. 




9 


Monday, 6:00 p.m. 


May 


2 


Wednesday, 4:30 p.m. 




2 


Wednesday, 5:00 p.m. 




3 


Thursday 




4-5 


Friday-Thursday 




6 


Sunday 




7-10 


Friday-Thursday 




10 


Thursday, 9:30 p.m. 




11 


Friday, Noon 




12 


Saturday, 9:00 a.m. 




12 


Saturday, 1 1 :00 a.m. 




18 


Friday, Noon 



Residence halls open for new students 

Opening Convocation 

Residence halls open for students 

Advising Day 

Freshman Programming 

Add/Drop period begins 

Day classes begin 

Freshman Programming 

Evening classes begin 

Freshman Programming 

Add/Drop period ends 

Delaware Valley College 

Fall break begins 
Classes resume 
Mid-term grades due 
Incomplete grades due 

Last day to change registration or 
withdraw from a course 

Thanksgiving vacation begins 
Classes resume 

Last day for first-semester freshman 
to withdraw from a course 

Day classes end 
Reading Day 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Semester ends 
Final grades due 

Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday 
Residence halls open for students 
Add/Drop period begins 
Classes begin 
Evening classes begin 
Add/Drop period ends 

Founders Day 

Spring vacation begins 

Classes resume 

Mid-term grades due 

Incomplete grades due 

Last day to change registration or 

withdraw from a course 

Easter vacation begins 

Classes resume 

Last day for first-semester freshmen 
to withdraw from a course 

Day classes end 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 
Semester ends 
Senior grades due 
Baccalaureate Service 
138th Commencement 
Final grades due 



208 Academic Calendar 



2006-2007 Catalog 



Lebanon Valley College 
101 North College Avenue 
Annville, PA 17003-1400 



Non-Profit 
Organization 
U.S. Postage 

PAID 

Permit No. 9 

Annville, PA 

17003